WO2021097008A1 - Use of pyridyloxypyridines for treating infectious diseases - Google Patents

Use of pyridyloxypyridines for treating infectious diseases Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021097008A1
WO2021097008A1 PCT/US2020/060107 US2020060107W WO2021097008A1 WO 2021097008 A1 WO2021097008 A1 WO 2021097008A1 US 2020060107 W US2020060107 W US 2020060107W WO 2021097008 A1 WO2021097008 A1 WO 2021097008A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
pyridin
methyl
alkyl
oxy
dichlorophenyl
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2020/060107
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Keith Wilcoxen
Claudine MAPA
Original Assignee
Bp Asset V, Inc.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Bp Asset V, Inc. filed Critical Bp Asset V, Inc.
Publication of WO2021097008A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021097008A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/44Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/44Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/4427Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof containing further heterocyclic ring systems
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12Antivirals

Definitions

  • proteases and/or aberrant protease activity are associated with numerous pathological processes including cancer, cardiovascular disorders, and autoimmune diseases (Chakraborti, S., Dhalla N. S.; Pathophysiological Aspects of Proteases. Berlin, Germany: Springer, 2017).
  • autoimmune diseases Chakraborti, S., Dhalla N. S.; Pathophysiological Aspects of Proteases. Berlin, Germany: Springer, 2017.
  • viral pathogens exploit cellular proteases for the proteolytic processing and maturation of their own proteins.
  • activation of bacterial toxins frequently requires cleavage by proteases of the infected or intoxicated host.
  • modulation of protease activity has therefore emerged as a potential therapeutic approach in a variety of infectious and noninfectious diseases.
  • Furin is a member of the evolutionarily ancient family of proprotein convertases.
  • PCSK protease subtilisin/kexin type
  • Humans encode nine members of this protease family (PCSK1–9), with PCSK3 representing furin.
  • PCSKs are well known for their ability to activate other cellular proteins.
  • the proteolytic conversion of inactive precursor proteins into bioactive molecules has already been described in the 1960s (Steiner, D.F., Cunningham, D., Spigelman, L. et al. “Insulin biosynthesis: evidence for a precursor.” Science 1967; 157:697–700).
  • furin is identified as the first mammalian proprotein convertase (van de Ven, W.J., Voorberg, J., Fontijn, R. et al. “Furin is a subtilisin-like proprotein processing enzyme in higher eukaryotes.” Mol. Biol. Rep.1990; 14: 265-275).
  • PCSKs proprotein convertase
  • cellular substrates of PCSKs including hormones, receptors, growth factors, and adhesion molecules.
  • Known furin inhibitors are peptidic in nature and derived from the natural substrate motif sequence, or are designed peptidomimetic compounds with lysine and arginine sidechains to enable high affinity binding to furin.
  • CMK reactive chloromethyl ketone
  • the reported potent inhibitors of furin are peptide derivatives or peptidomimetics containing polybasic residues in order to achieve high inhibitory potency.
  • the highly basic nature of the inhibitors, reactivity, and peptide structure their chemical and pharmacokinetics properties limit use as clinical therapeutic agents.
  • Furin plays a diverse biological role in health and diseases with high unmet medical need. Therefore, potent and selective small molecule furin inhibitors with drug-like properties are desirable as an attractive approach to provide therapeutic benefit in many diseases such as infectious diseases. Infectious diseases may be spread from one person to another and are caused by pathogenic microorganisms such as bacteria, viruses, parasites, or fungi.
  • Pathogenicity is the ability of a microbial agent to cause disease, and virulence is the degree to which an organism is pathogenic.
  • the envelope glycoproteins In order for viruses to enter host cells and replicate, the envelope glycoproteins must be proteolytically activated (Nakayama K. Biochem. J.1997, 327(3), 625-635). The processing of envelope glycoproteins may in some cases impact viral pathogenicity (Nakayama K. Biochem. J.1997, 327(3), 625-635).
  • the glycoprotein precursors of many virulent viruses such as human immunodeficiency virus (HIV), avian influenza virus, measles virus, respiratory syncytial virus (RSV), Ebola virus, anthrax, and Zika virus (ZIKV), are cleaved at a site marked by a consensus sequence consistent with furin recognition (Thomas G. Nat. Rev. Mol. Cell. Biol.2002, 3(10), 753-766; 2, 36-38). The cleavage of HIV glycoprotein160 and infectious virus production are blocked when the furin inhibitor ⁇ 1-PDX is expressed in cells (Nakayama K. Biochem. J.1997, 327(3), 625-635).
  • HCV human immunodeficiency virus
  • RSV respiratory syncytial virus
  • ZIKV Zika virus
  • a viral infection e.g., resulting from a Togaviridae family viruses (e.g., alphaviruses (e.g., Chikungunya virus, Eastern equine encephalitis virus, Mayaro virus, Onyong-nyong virus, Ross River virus, Semliki Forest virus, Sindbis virus, Venezuelan equine encephalitis virus, Western equine encephalitis virus)), flaviviridae family viruses (e.g., flaviviruses (e.g., dengue virus, Japanese encephalitis virus, Kyasanur Forest disease virus, Murray Valley encephalitis virus, Omsk hemorrhagic fever virus, Powassan virus, Rocio encephalitis virus, Saint Louis encephalitis virus, Tick-borne encephalitis
  • alphaviruses e.g., Chikungunya virus, Eastern equine encephalitis virus, Mayaro virus, Onyong-nyong virus
  • a viral infection e.g., resulting from a togaviridae family virus (e.g., an alphavirus (e.g., Chikungunya virus, Eastern equine encephalitis, Mayaro virus, Venezuelan equine encephalitis virus, Western equine encephalitis)), a filoviradae family virus (e.g., a Marburgvirus (e.g., Marburg virus, Ravn virus)), human respiratory syncytial virus (i.e., human orthopneumovirus), a flavivirus (e.g., dengue virus, Usutu virus, Japanese encephalitis virus, Powassan virus, yellow fever), a paramyxoviridae family virus (e.g., an orthoparamyxovirinae virus (e.g., a respirovirus (e.g., human respirovirus 1, human respirovirus 3, murine respirovirus), a
  • a togaviridae family virus
  • the present disclosure provides methods of decreasing viral infectivity (e.g., infectivity of a virus (e.g., a togaviridae family virus (e.g., an alphavirus (e.g., Chikungunya virus, Eastern equine encephalitis, Mayaro virus, Venezuelan equine encephalitis virus, Western equine encephalitis)), a filoviradae family virus (e.g., a Marburgvirus (e.g., Marburg virus, Ravn virus)), human respiratory syncytial virus (i.e., human orthopneumovirus), a flavivirus (e.g., dengue virus, Usutu virus, Japanese encephalitis virus, Powassan virus, yellow fever), a paramyxoviridae family virus (e.g., an orthoparamyxovirinae virus (e.g., a henipavirus (e.g., Nipah
  • the pharmaceutical compositions useful in the present disclosure comprise a compound of Formula (I) as described herein, and optionally a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
  • a viral infection e.g., infection from a virus (e.g., a togaviridae family virus (e.g., an alphavirus (e.g., Chikungunya virus, Eastern equine encephalitis, Mayaro virus, Venezuelan equine encephalitis virus, Western equine encephalitis)), a filoviradae family virus (e.g., a Marburgvirus (e.g., Marburg virus, Ravn virus)), human respiratory syncytial virus (i.e., human orthopneumovirus), a flavivirus (e.g., dengue virus, Usutu virus, Japanese encephalitis virus, Powassan
  • a viral infection e.g., infection from a virus (e.g., a togaviridae family virus (e.
  • the present invention provides compounds of Formula (I), and pharmaceutical compositions thereof, for use in the prevention of a viral infection (e.g., infection from a virus (e.g., a togaviridae family virus (e.g., an alphavirus (e.g., Chikungunya virus, Eastern equine encephalitis, Mayaro virus, Venezuelan equine encephalitis virus, Western equine encephalitis)), a filoviradae family virus (e.g., a Marburgvirus (e.g., Marburg virus, Ravn virus)), human respiratory syncytial virus (i.e., human orthopneumovirus), a flavivirus (e.g., dengue virus, Usutu virus, Japanese encephalitis virus, Powassan virus, yellow fever), a paramyxoviridae family virus (e.g., an orthoparamyxovirinae virus (e.g., a hen), a paramyxovirid
  • the present disclosure provides uses of compounds of Formula (I), and pharmaceutical compositions thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for treating a viral infection (e.g., infection from a virus (e.g., a togaviridae family virus (e.g., an alphavirus (e.g., Chikungunya virus, Eastern equine encephalitis, Mayaro virus, Venezuelan equine encephalitis virus, Western equine encephalitis)), a filoviradae family virus (e.g., a Marburgvirus (e.g., Marburg virus, Ravn virus)), human respiratory syncytial virus (i.e., human orthopneumovirus), a flavivirus (e.g., dengue virus, Usutu virus, Japanese encephalitis virus, Powassan virus, yellow fever), a paramyxoviridae family virus (e.g., an orthoparamyxovirinae virus (e.g.,
  • the present disclosure provides uses of compounds of Formula (I), and pharmaceutical compositions thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for preventing a viral infection (e.g., infection from a virus (e.g., a togaviridae family virus (e.g., an alphavirus (e.g., Chikungunya virus, Eastern equine encephalitis, Mayaro virus, Venezuelan equine encephalitis virus, Western equine encephalitis)), a filoviradae family virus (e.g., a Marburgvirus (e.g., Marburg virus, Ravn virus)), human respiratory syncytial virus (i.e., human orthopneumovirus), a flavivirus (e.g., dengue virus, Usutu virus, Japanese encephalitis virus, Powassan virus, yellow fever), a paramyxoviridae family virus (e.g., an orthoparamyxovirinae virus (e.g.
  • a disorder due to a microbial toxin e.g., due to P. aeruginosa exotoxin A, Clostridium septicum alpha-toxin, diphtheria toxin(s), shiga toxin(s)
  • a microbial toxin e.g., due to P. aeruginosa exotoxin A, Clostridium septicum alpha-toxin, diphtheria toxin(s), shiga toxin(s)
  • administering comprising to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of Formula (I) as described herein.
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of Formula (I) as described herein.
  • the present invention provides compounds of Formula (I), and pharmaceutical compositions thereof, for use in treating and/or preventing a disorder due to a microbial toxin (e.g., P. aeruginosa exotoxin A, Clostridium septicum alpha-toxin, diphtheria toxin(s), shiga toxin(s)) in a subject in need thereof.
  • a microbial toxin e.g., P. aeruginosa exotoxin A, Clostridium septicum alpha-toxin, diphtheria toxin(s), shiga toxin(s)
  • the present disclosure provides uses of compounds of Formula (I), and pharmaceutical compositions thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for treating and/or preventing a disorder due to a microbial toxin (e.g., P. aeruginosa toxin A, Clostridium septicum alpha-toxin, diphtheria toxin(s), shiga toxin(s)) in a subject in need thereof.
  • a microbial toxin e.g., P. aeruginosa toxin A, Clostridium septicum alpha-toxin, diphtheria toxin(s), shiga toxin(s)
  • the compounds useful in the present disclosure are of the Formula (I): or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein X, R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , and R 5 are as defined herein.
  • kits comprising a container with a compound, or a pharmaceutical composition thereof, as described herein.
  • the kits described herein may include a single dose or multiple doses of the compound or pharmaceutical composition.
  • the kits may be useful in a method of the disclosure.
  • the kit further includes instructions for using the compound or pharmaceutical composition.
  • a kit described herein may also include information (e.g. prescribing information) as required by a regulatory agency, such as the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA).
  • FDA U.S. Food and Drug Administration
  • the compounds described herein can be in the form of an individual enantiomer, diastereomer or geometric isomer, or can be in the form of a mixture of stereoisomers, including racemic mixtures and mixtures enriched in one or more stereoisomer.
  • Isomers can be isolated from mixtures by methods known to those skilled in the art, including chiral high pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC) and the formation and crystallization of chiral salts; or preferred isomers can be prepared by asymmetric syntheses.
  • the bond is a single bond
  • the dashed line is a single bond or absent
  • a formula includes compounds that do not include isotopically enriched atoms and also compounds that include isotopically enriched atoms. Compounds that include isotopically enriched atoms may be useful, for example, as analytical tools and/or probes in biological assays.
  • range When a range of values (“range”) is listed, it is intended to encompass each value and sub-range within the range. A range is inclusive of the values at the two ends of the range unless otherwise provided.
  • C 1 - 6 alkyl is intended to encompass, C 1 , C 2 , C 3 , C 4 , C 5 ,C 6 , C 1–6 , C 1–5 , C 1–4 , C 1–3 , C 1–2 ,C 2–6 , C 2–5 , C 2–4 , C 2–3 , C 3–6 , C 3–5 , C 3–4 , C 4–6 , C 4–5 , and C 5–6 alkyl.
  • aliphatic refers to alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and carbocyclic groups.
  • heteroaliphatic refers to heteroalkyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, and heterocyclic groups.
  • alkyl refers to a radical of a straight-chain or branched saturated hydrocarbon group having from 1 to 20 carbon atoms (“C 1–20 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 12 carbon atoms (“C 1– 12 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 10 carbon atoms (“C 1–10 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 9 carbon atoms (“C 1–9 alkyl”).
  • an alkyl group has 1 to 8 carbon atoms (“C 1–8 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 7 carbon atoms (“C 1– 7 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 6 carbon atoms (“C 1–6 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 5 carbon atoms (“C 1–5 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 4 carbon atoms (“C 1–4 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 3 carbon atoms (“C 1–3 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 2 carbon atoms (“C 1–2 alkyl”).
  • an alkyl group has 1 carbon atom (“C 1 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 2 to 6 carbon atoms (“C 2 - 6 alkyl”).
  • Examples of C 1–6 alkyl groups include methyl (C 1 ), ethyl (C 2 ), propyl (C 3 ) (e.g., n- propyl, isopropyl), butyl (C 4 ) (e.g., n-butyl, tert-butyl, sec-butyl, isobutyl), pentyl ( C 5 ) (e.g., n-pentyl, 3-pentanyl, amyl, neopentyl, 3-methyl-2-butanyl, tert-amyl), and hexyl (C 6 ) (e.g., n- hexyl).
  • alkyl groups include n-heptyl (C 7 ), n-octyl (C 8 ), n-dodecyl (C 12 ), and the like. Unless otherwise specified, each instance of an alkyl group is independently unsubstituted (an “unsubstituted alkyl”) or substituted (a “substituted alkyl”) with one or more substituents (e.g., halogen, such as F).
  • substituents e.g., halogen, such as F
  • the alkyl group is an unsubstituted C 1–12 alkyl (such as unsubstituted C 1–6 alkyl, e.g., ⁇ CH3 (Me), unsubstituted ethyl (Et), unsubstituted propyl (Pr, e.g., unsubstituted n-propyl (n-Pr), unsubstituted isopropyl (i-Pr)), unsubstituted butyl (Bu, e.g., unsubstituted n-butyl (n-Bu), unsubstituted tert-butyl (tert-Bu or t-Bu), unsubstituted sec-butyl (sec-Bu or s-Bu), unsubstituted isobutyl (i-Bu)).
  • unsubstituted C 1–12 alkyl such as unsubstituted C 1–6 alkyl, e.g.
  • the alkyl group is a substituted C 1– 12 alkyl (such as substituted C 1–6 alkyl, e.g., –CH2F, –CHF 2 , –CF3, –CH2CH2F, –CH2CHF 2 , – CH 2 CF 3 , or benzyl (Bn)).
  • Alkoxy refers to a group containing an alkyl radical, attached through an oxygen linking atom.
  • (C 1 -C 4 )alkoxy refers to a straight- or branched-chain hydrocarbon radical having at least 1 and up to 4 carbon atoms attached through an oxygen linking atom.
  • Exemplary “(C 1 -C 4 )alkoxy” groups include, without limitation, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, s-butoxy, isobutoxy, and t-butoxy.
  • alkyl When the term “alkyl” is used in combination with other substituent groups, such as “halo(C 1 -C 6 )alkyl”, “(C 3 -C 6 )cycloalkyl(C 1 -C 4 )alkyl-”, or “(C 1 -C 4 )alkoxy(C 2 -C 4 )alkyl-”, the term “alkyl” is intended to encompass a divalent straight or branched-chain hydrocarbon radical, wherein the point of attachment is through the alkyl moiety.
  • halo(C 1 -C 6 )alkyl is intended to mean a radical having one or more halogen atoms, which may be the same or different, at one or more carbon atoms of an alkyl moiety containing from 1 to 6 carbon atoms, which is a straight or branched-chain carbon radical.
  • halo(C 1 -C 6 )alkyl examples include, but are not limited to, –CH 2 F (fluoromethyl), -CHF 2 (difluoromethyl), –CF 3 (trifluoromethyl), –CCl 3 (trichloromethyl), 1,1-difluoroethyl, 2- fluoro-2-methylpropyl, 2,2-difluoropropyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, and hexafluoroisopropyl.
  • (C 3 -C 6 )cycloalkyl(C 1 -C 4 )alkyl-” groups include, but are not limited to, cyclobutylmethyl, cyclopentylmethyl, cyclohexylmethyl, cyclobutylethyl, cyclopentylethyl, and cyclohexylethyl.
  • Examples of “(C 1 -C 4 )alkoxy(C 2 -C 4 )alkyl-” groups include, but are not limited to, methoxyethyl, methoxyisopropyl, ethoxyethyl, ethoxyisopropyl, isopropoxyethyl, isopropoxyisopropyl, t-butoxyethyl, and t-butoxyisopropyl.
  • haloalkyl is a substituted alkyl group, wherein one or more of the –H atoms are independently replaced by a halogen, e.g., fluoro, bromo, chloro, or iodo.
  • Perhaloalkyl is a subset of haloalkyl, and refers to an alkyl group wherein all of the –H atoms are independently replaced by a halogen, e.g., fluoro, bromo, chloro, or iodo.
  • the haloalkyl moiety has 1 to 20 carbon atoms (“C 1–20 haloalkyl”).
  • the haloalkyl moiety has 1 to 10 carbon atoms (“C 1–10 haloalkyl”).
  • the haloalkyl moiety has 1 to 9 carbon atoms (“C 1–9 haloalkyl”).
  • the haloalkyl moiety has 1 to 8 carbon atoms (“C 1– 8 haloalkyl”). In some embodiments, the haloalkyl moiety has 1 to 7 carbon atoms (“C 1– 7 haloalkyl”). In some embodiments, the haloalkyl moiety has 1 to 6 carbon atoms (“C 1–6 haloalkyl”). In some embodiments, the haloalkyl moiety has 1 to 5 carbon atoms (“C 1–5 haloalkyl”). In some embodiments, the haloalkyl moiety has 1 to 4 carbon atoms (“C 1– 4 haloalkyl”).
  • the haloalkyl moiety has 1 to 3 carbon atoms (“C 1– 3 haloalkyl”). In some embodiments, the haloalkyl moiety has 1 to 2 carbon atoms (“C 1–2 haloalkyl”). In some embodiments, all of the haloalkyl –H atoms are independently replaced with fluoro to provide a “perfluoroalkyl” group. In some embodiments, all of the haloalkyl –H atoms are independently replaced with chloro to provide a “perchloroalkyl” group.
  • haloalkyl groups include –CHF 2 , ⁇ CH 2 F, ⁇ CF 3 , ⁇ CH 2 CF 3 , ⁇ CF 2 CF 3 , ⁇ CF 2 CF 2 CF 3 , ⁇ CCl 3 , ⁇ CFCl 2 , ⁇ CF2Cl, and the like.
  • heteroalkyl refers to an alkyl group, which further includes at least one heteroatom (e.g., 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms), such as oxygen, nitrogen, or sulfur within (e.g., inserted between adjacent carbon atoms of) and/or placed at one or more terminal position(s) of the parent chain.
  • a heteroalkyl group refers to a saturated group having from 1 to 20 carbon atoms and 1 or more heteroatoms within the parent chain (“heteroC 1–20 alkyl”). In certain embodiments, a heteroalkyl group refers to a saturated group having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms and 1 or more heteroatoms within the parent chain (“heteroC 1–12 alkyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkyl group is a saturated group having 1 to 11 carbon atoms and 1 or more heteroatoms within the parent chain (“heteroC 1–11 alkyl”).
  • a heteroalkyl group is a saturated group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms and 1 or more heteroatoms within the parent chain (“heteroC 1–10 alkyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkyl group is a saturated group having 1 to 9 carbon atoms and 1 or more heteroatoms within the parent chain (“heteroC 1– 9 alkyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkyl group is a saturated group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms and 1 or more heteroatoms within the parent chain (“heteroC 1–8 alkyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkyl group is a saturated group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms and 1 or more heteroatoms within the parent chain (“heteroC 1– 7 alkyl”).
  • a heteroalkyl group is a saturated group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms and 1 or more heteroatoms within the parent chain (“heteroC 1–6 alkyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkyl group is a saturated group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms and 1 or 2 heteroatoms within the parent chain (“heteroC 1–5 alkyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkyl group is a saturated group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms and 1or 2 heteroatoms within the parent chain (“heteroC 1–4 alkyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkyl group is a saturated group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms and 1 heteroatom within the parent chain (“heteroC 1– 3 alkyl”).
  • a heteroalkyl group is a saturated group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms and 1 heteroatom within the parent chain (“heteroC 1–2 alkyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkyl group is a saturated group having 1 carbon atom and 1 heteroatom (“heteroC 1 alkyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkyl group is a saturated group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms and 1 or 2 heteroatoms within the parent chain (“heteroC 2 -6 alkyl”). Unless otherwise specified, each instance of a heteroalkyl group is independently unsubstituted (an “unsubstituted heteroalkyl”) or substituted (a “substituted heteroalkyl”) with one or more substituents.
  • the heteroalkyl group is an unsubstituted heteroC 1–12 alkyl. In certain embodiments, the heteroalkyl group is a substituted heteroC 1–12 alkyl.
  • alkenyl refers to a radical of a straight-chain or branched hydrocarbon group having from 2 to 20 carbon atoms and one or more carbon-carbon double bonds (e.g., 1, 2, 3, or 4 double bonds). In some embodiments, an alkenyl group has 2 to 20 carbon atoms (“C 2 - 20 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, an alkenyl group has 2 to 12 carbon atoms (“C 2– 12 alkenyl”).
  • an alkenyl group has 2 to 11 carbon atoms (“C 2– 11 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, an alkenyl group has 2 to 10 carbon atoms (“C 2–10 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, an alkenyl group has 2 to 9 carbon atoms (“C 2– 9 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, an alkenyl group has 2 to 8 carbon atoms (“C 2– 8 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, an alkenyl group has 2 to 7 carbon atoms (“C 2–7 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, an alkenyl group has 2 to 6 carbon atoms (“C 2–6 alkenyl”).
  • an alkenyl group has 2 to 5 carbon atoms (“C 2–5 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, an alkenyl group has 2 to 4 carbon atoms (“C 2– 4 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, an alkenyl group has 2 to 3 carbon atoms (“C 2–3 alkenyl”).
  • the one or more carbon-carbon double bonds can be internal (such as in 2-butenyl) or terminal (such as in 1- butenyl).
  • Examples of C 1–4 alkenyl groups include methylidenyl (C 1 ), ethenyl (C 2 ), 1- propenyl (C 3 ), 2-propenyl (C 3 ), 1-butenyl (C 4 ), 2-butenyl (C 4 ), butadienyl (C 4 ), and the like.
  • Examples of C 1–6 alkenyl groups include the aforementioned C 2 -4 alkenyl groups as well as pentenyl (C 5 ), pentadienyl (C 5 ), hexenyl (C 6 ), and the like.
  • alkenyl examples include heptenyl (C 7 ), octenyl (C 8 ), octatrienyl (C 8 ), and the like.
  • each instance of an alkenyl group is independently unsubstituted (an “unsubstituted alkenyl”) or substituted (a “substituted alkenyl”) with one or more substituents.
  • the alkenyl group is an unsubstituted C 1 - 20 alkenyl.
  • the alkenyl group is a substituted C 1 -20 alkenyl.
  • heteroalkenyl refers to an alkenyl group, which further includes at least one heteroatom (e.g., 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms) such as oxygen, nitrogen, or sulfur within (e.g., inserted between adjacent carbon atoms of) and/or placed at one or more terminal position(s) of the parent chain.
  • heteroatom e.g., 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms
  • a heteroalkenyl group refers to a group having from 2 to 20 carbon atoms, at least one double bond, and 1 or more heteroatoms within the parent chain (“heteroC 2–20 alkenyl”). In certain embodiments, a heteroalkenyl group refers to a group having from 2 to 12 carbon atoms, at least one double bond, and 1 or more heteroatoms within the parent chain (“heteroC 2– 12 alkenyl”). In certain embodiments, a heteroalkenyl group refers to a group having from 2 to 11 carbon atoms, at least one double bond, and 1 or more heteroatoms within the parent chain (“heteroC 2–11 alkenyl”).
  • a heteroalkenyl group refers to a group having from 2 to 10 carbon atoms, at least one double bond, and 1 or more heteroatoms within the parent chain (“heteroC 2–10 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkenyl group has 2 to 9 carbon atoms at least one double bond, and 1 or more heteroatoms within the parent chain (“heteroC 2– 9 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkenyl group has 2 to 8 carbon atoms, at least one double bond, and 1 or more heteroatoms within the parent chain (“heteroC 2–8 alkenyl”).
  • a heteroalkenyl group has 2 to 7 carbon atoms, at least one double bond, and 1 or more heteroatoms within the parent chain (“heteroC 2– 7 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkenyl group has 2 to 6 carbon atoms, at least one double bond, and 1 or more heteroatoms within the parent chain (“heteroC 2–6 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkenyl group has 2 to 5 carbon atoms, at least one double bond, and 1 or 2 heteroatoms within the parent chain (“heteroC 2–5 alkenyl”).
  • a heteroalkenyl group has 2 to 4 carbon atoms, at least one double bond, and 1 or 2 heteroatoms within the parent chain (“heteroC 2– 4 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkenyl group has 1 to 3 carbon atoms, at least one double bond, and 1 heteroatom within the parent chain (“heteroC 2–3 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkenyl group has 2 to 6 carbon atoms, at least one double bond, and 1 or 2 heteroatoms within the parent chain (“heteroC 2–6 alkenyl”).
  • each instance of a heteroalkenyl group is independently unsubstituted (an “unsubstituted heteroalkenyl”) or substituted (a “substituted heteroalkenyl”) with one or more substituents.
  • the heteroalkenyl group is an unsubstituted heteroC 2–20 alkenyl.
  • the heteroalkenyl group is a substituted heteroC 2–20 alkenyl.
  • alkynyl refers to a radical of a straight-chain or branched hydrocarbon group having from 2 to 20 carbon atoms and one or more carbon-carbon triple bonds (e.g., 1, 2, 3, or 4 triple bonds) (“C 2 -20 alkynyl”).
  • an alkynyl group has 2 to 10 carbon atoms (“C 2 - 10 alkynyl”).
  • an alkynyl group has 2 to 9 carbon atoms (“C 2 - 9 alkynyl”).
  • an alkynyl group has 2 to 8 carbon atoms (“C 2 - 8 alkynyl”).
  • an alkynyl group has 2 to 7 carbon atoms (“C 2 -7 alkynyl”). In some embodiments, an alkynyl group has 2 to 6 carbon atoms (“C 2 -6 alkynyl”). In some embodiments, an alkynyl group has 2 to 5 carbon atoms (“C 2 - 5 alkynyl”). In some embodiments, an alkynyl group has 2 to 4 carbon atoms (“C 2 - 4 alkynyl”). In some embodiments, an alkynyl group has 2 to 3 carbon atoms (“C 2 -3 alkynyl”).
  • the one or more carbon-carbon triple bonds can be internal (such as in 2-butynyl) or terminal (such as in 1- butynyl).
  • Examples of C 2 - 4 alkynyl groups include, without limitation, methylidynyl (C 1 ), ethynyl (C 2 ), 1-propynyl (C 3 ), 2-propynyl (C 3 ), 1-butynyl (C 4 ), 2-butynyl (C 4 ), and the like.
  • Examples of C 2 -6 alkenyl groups include the aforementioned C 2 -4 alkynyl groups as well as pentynyl (C 5 ), hexynyl (C 6 ), and the like.
  • alkynyl examples include heptynyl (C 7 ), octynyl (C8), and the like. Unless otherwise specified, each instance of an alkynyl group is independently unsubstituted (an “unsubstituted alkynyl”) or substituted (a “substituted alkynyl”) with one or more substituents. In certain embodiments, the alkynyl group is an unsubstituted C 2 - 20 alkynyl. In certain embodiments, the alkynyl group is a substituted C 2 - 20 alkynyl.
  • carbocyclyl refers to a radical of a non-aromatic cyclic hydrocarbon group having from 3 to 14 ring carbon atoms (“C 3 - 14 carbocyclyl”) and zero heteroatoms in the non-aromatic ring system.
  • a carbocyclyl group has 3 to 14 ring carbon atoms (“C 3 -14 carbocyclyl”).
  • a carbocyclyl group has 3 to 13 ring carbon atoms (“C 3 - 13 carbocyclyl”).
  • a carbocyclyl group has 3 to 12 ring carbon atoms (“C 3 -12 carbocyclyl”).
  • a carbocyclyl group has 3 to 11 ring carbon atoms (“C 3 -11 carbocyclyl”). In some embodiments, a carbocyclyl group has 3 to 10 ring carbon atoms (“C 3 - 10 carbocyclyl”). In some embodiments, a carbocyclyl group has 3 to 8 ring carbon atoms (“C 3 - 8 carbocyclyl”). In some embodiments, a carbocyclyl group has 3 to 7 ring carbon atoms (“C 3 -7 carbocyclyl”). In some embodiments, a carbocyclyl group has 3 to 6 ring carbon atoms (“C 3 -6 carbocyclyl”).
  • a carbocyclyl group has 4 to 6 ring carbon atoms (“C 4 - 6 carbocyclyl”). In some embodiments, a carbocyclyl group has 5 to 6 ring carbon atoms (“C 5 -6 carbocyclyl”). In some embodiments, a carbocyclyl group has 5 to 10 ring carbon atoms (“C 5 - 10 carbocyclyl”).
  • Exemplary C 3 - 6 carbocyclyl groups include cyclopropyl (C 3 ), cyclopropenyl (C 3 ), cyclobutyl (C 4 ), cyclobutenyl (C 4 ), cyclopentyl (C 5 ), cyclopentenyl (C 5 ), cyclohexyl (C 6 ), cyclohexenyl (C 6 ), cyclohexadienyl (C 6 ), and the like.
  • Exemplary C 3 -8 carbocyclyl groups include the aforementioned C 3 - 6 carbocyclyl groups as well as cycloheptyl (C 7 ), cycloheptenyl (C 7 ), cycloheptadienyl (C 7 ), cycloheptatrienyl (C 7 ), cyclooctyl (C 8 ), cyclooctenyl (C 8 ), bicyclo[2.2.1]heptanyl (C 7 ), bicyclo[2.2.2]octanyl (C8), and the like.
  • Exemplary C 3 - 10 carbocyclyl groups include the aforementioned C 3 -8 carbocyclyl groups as well as cyclononyl (C 9 ), cyclononenyl (C 9 ), cyclodecyl (C 10 ), cyclodecenyl (C 10 ), octahydro-1H-indenyl (C 9 ), decahydronaphthalenyl (C 10 ), spiro[4.5]decanyl (C 10 ), and the like.
  • Exemplary C 3 - 8 carbocyclyl groups include the aforementioned C 3 - 10 carbocyclyl groups as well as cycloundecyl (C 11 ), spiro[5.5]undecanyl (C 11 ), cyclododecyl (C 12 ), cyclododecenyl (C 12 ), cyclotridecane (C 13 ), cyclotetradecane (C 14 ), and the like.
  • the carbocyclyl group is either monocyclic (“monocyclic carbocyclyl”) or polycyclic (e.g., containing a fused, bridged or spiro ring system such as a bicyclic system (“bicyclic carbocyclyl”) or tricyclic system (“tricyclic carbocyclyl”)) and can be saturated or can contain one or more carbon-carbon double or triple bonds.
  • Carbocyclyl also includes ring systems wherein the carbocyclyl ring, as defined above, is fused with one or more aryl or heteroaryl groups wherein the point of attachment is on the carbocyclyl ring, and in such instances, the number of carbons continue to designate the number of carbons in the carbocyclic ring system.
  • each instance of a carbocyclyl group is independently unsubstituted (an “unsubstituted carbocyclyl”) or substituted (a “substituted carbocyclyl”) with one or more substituents.
  • the carbocyclyl group is an unsubstituted C 3 - 14 carbocyclyl.
  • the carbocyclyl group is a substituted C 3 -14 carbocyclyl.
  • “carbocyclyl” is a non-aromatic, monocyclic, saturated carbocyclyl group having from 3 to 14 ring carbon atoms (“C 3 -14 cycloalkyl”).
  • a cycloalkyl group has 3 to 10 ring carbon atoms (“C 3 - 10 cycloalkyl”).
  • a cycloalkyl group has 3 to 8 ring carbon atoms (“C 3 - 8 cycloalkyl”).
  • a cycloalkyl group has 3 to 6 ring carbon atoms (“C 3 - 6 cycloalkyl”). In some embodiments, a cycloalkyl group has 4 to 6 ring carbon atoms (“C 4 - 6 cycloalkyl”). In some embodiments, a cycloalkyl group has 5 to 6 ring carbon atoms (“C 5 - 6 cycloalkyl”). In some embodiments, a cycloalkyl group has 5 to 10 ring carbon atoms (“C 5 - 10 cycloalkyl”). Examples of C 5 - 6 cycloalkyl groups include cyclopentyl (C 5 ) and cyclohexyl (C 5 ).
  • C 3 - 6 cycloalkyl groups include the aforementioned C 5 - 6 cycloalkyl groups as well as cyclopropyl (C 3 ) and cyclobutyl (C 4 ).
  • Examples of C 3 - 8 cycloalkyl groups include the aforementioned C 3 - 6 cycloalkyl groups as well as cycloheptyl (C 7 ) and cyclooctyl (C8).
  • each instance of a cycloalkyl group is independently unsubstituted (an “unsubstituted cycloalkyl”) or substituted (a “substituted cycloalkyl”) with one or more substituents.
  • heterocyclyl refers to a radical of a 3- to 14-membered non-aromatic ring system having ring carbon atoms and 1 to 4 ring heteroatoms, wherein each heteroatom is independently nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur (“3–14 membered heterocyclyl”).
  • heterocyclyl groups that contain one or more nitrogen atoms, the point of attachment can be a carbon or nitrogen atom, as valency permits.
  • a heterocyclyl group can either be monocyclic (“monocyclic heterocyclyl”) or polycyclic (e.g., a fused, bridged or spiro ring system such as a bicyclic system (“bicyclic heterocyclyl”) or tricyclic system (“tricyclic heterocyclyl”)), and can be saturated or can contain one or more carbon-carbon double or triple bonds.
  • Heterocyclyl polycyclic ring systems can include one or more heteroatoms in one or both rings.
  • Heterocyclyl also includes ring systems wherein the heterocyclyl ring, as defined above, is fused with one or more carbocyclyl groups wherein the point of attachment is either on the carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl ring, or ring systems wherein the heterocyclyl ring, as defined above, is fused with one or more aryl or heteroaryl groups, wherein the point of attachment is on the heterocyclyl ring, and in such instances, the number of ring members continue to designate the number of ring members in the heterocyclyl ring system.
  • each instance of heterocyclyl is independently unsubstituted (an “unsubstituted heterocyclyl”) or substituted (a “substituted heterocyclyl”) with one or more substituents.
  • the heterocyclyl group is an unsubstituted 4–11 membered heterocyclyl.
  • the heterocyclyl group is a substituted 4–11 membered heterocyclyl.
  • the heterocyclyl is substituted or unsubstituted, 3- to 7-membered, monocyclic heterocyclyl, wherein 1, 2, or 3 atoms in the heterocyclic ring system are independently oxygen, nitrogen, or sulfur, as valency permits.
  • a heterocyclyl group is a 5–10 membered non-aromatic ring system having ring carbon atoms and 1–4 ring heteroatoms, wherein each heteroatom is independently nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur (“5–10 membered heterocyclyl”).
  • a heterocyclyl group is a 5–8 membered non-aromatic ring system having ring carbon atoms and 1–4 ring heteroatoms, wherein each heteroatom is independently nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur (“5–8 membered heterocyclyl”).
  • a heterocyclyl group is a 5–6 membered non-aromatic ring system having ring carbon atoms and 1–4 ring heteroatoms, wherein each heteroatom is independently nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur (“5–6 membered heterocyclyl”).
  • the 5–6 membered heterocyclyl group has 1–3 ring heteroatoms, such as nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
  • the 5–6 membered heterocyclyl group has 1–2 ring heteroatoms such as nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
  • the 5–6 membered heterocyclyl group has 1 ring heteroatom such as nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
  • Exemplary 3-membered heterocyclyl groups containing 1 heteroatom include azirdinyl, oxiranyl, and thiiranyl.
  • Exemplary 4-membered heterocyclyl groups containing 1 heteroatom include azetidinyl, oxetanyl, and thietanyl.
  • Exemplary 5-membered heterocyclyl groups containing 1 heteroatom include tetrahydrofuranyl, dihydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, dihydrothiophenyl, pyrrolidinyl, dihydropyrrolyl, and pyrrolyl-2,5- dione.
  • Exemplary 5-membered heterocyclyl groups containing 2 heteroatoms include dioxolanyl, oxathiolanyl and dithiolanyl.
  • Exemplary 5-membered heterocyclyl groups containing 3 heteroatoms include triazolinyl, oxadiazolinyl, and thiadiazolinyl.
  • Exemplary 6- membered heterocyclyl groups containing 1 heteroatom include piperidinyl, tetrahydropyranyl, dihydropyridinyl, and thianyl.
  • Exemplary 6-membered heterocyclyl groups containing 2 heteroatoms include piperazinyl, morpholinyl, dithianyl, and dioxanyl.
  • Exemplary 6-membered heterocyclyl groups containing 3 heteroatoms include triazinyl.
  • Exemplary 7-membered heterocyclyl groups containing 1 heteroatom include azepanyl, oxepanyl and thiepanyl.
  • Exemplary 8-membered heterocyclyl groups containing 1 heteroatom include azocanyl, oxecanyl and thiocanyl.
  • Exemplary bicyclic heterocyclyl groups include indolinyl, isoindolinyl, dihydrobenzofuranyl, dihydrobenzothienyl, tetrahydrobenzofuranyl, tetrahydroindolyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, decahydroquinolinyl, decahydroisoquinolinyl, octahydrochromenyl, octahydroisochromenyl, decahydronaphthyridinyl, decahydro-1,8-naphthyridinyl, octahydropyrrolo[3,2-b]pyrrole, indolinyl, phthalimidyl, naphthalimidyl, chromanyl, chromenyl, 1H-benzo[e][1,4]diazepinyl, 1,4,5,7-te
  • aryl refers to a radical of a monocyclic or polycyclic (e.g., bicyclic or tricyclic) 4n+2 aromatic ring system (e.g., having 6, 10, or 14 pi electrons shared in a cyclic array) having 6–14 ring carbon atoms and zero heteroatoms provided in the aromatic ring system (“C 6-14 aryl”).
  • aromatic ring system e.g., having 6, 10, or 14 pi electrons shared in a cyclic array
  • an aryl group has 6 ring carbon atoms (“C 6 aryl”; e.g., phenyl).
  • an aryl group has 10 ring carbon atoms (“C 10 aryl”; e.g., naphthyl such as 1–naphthyl and 2-naphthyl).
  • an aryl group has 14 ring carbon atoms (“C 14 aryl”; e.g., anthracyl).
  • Aryl also includes ring systems wherein the aryl ring, as defined above, is fused with one or more carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl groups wherein the radical or point of attachment is on the aryl ring, and in such instances, the number of carbon atoms continue to designate the number of carbon atoms in the aryl ring system.
  • each instance of an aryl group is independently unsubstituted (an “unsubstituted aryl”) or substituted (a “substituted aryl”) with one or more substituents.
  • the aryl group is an unsubstituted C 6- 14 aryl.
  • the aryl group is a substituted C 6-14 aryl.
  • “Aralkyl” is a subset of “alkyl” and refers to an alkyl group substituted by an aryl group, wherein the point of attachment is on the alkyl moiety.
  • heteroaryl refers to a radical of a 5-14 membered monocyclic or polycyclic (e.g., bicyclic, tricyclic) 4n+2 aromatic ring system (e.g., having 6, 10, or 14 pi electrons shared in a cyclic array) having ring carbon atoms and 1–4 ring heteroatoms provided in the aromatic ring system, wherein each heteroatom is independently nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur (“5-14 membered heteroaryl”).
  • the point of attachment can be a carbon or nitrogen atom, as valency permits.
  • Heteroaryl polycyclic ring systems can include one or more heteroatoms in one or both rings.
  • Heteroaryl includes ring systems wherein the heteroaryl ring, as defined above, is fused with one or more carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl groups wherein the point of attachment is on the heteroaryl ring, and in such instances, the number of ring members continue to designate the number of ring members in the heteroaryl ring system. “Heteroaryl” also includes ring systems wherein the heteroaryl ring, as defined above, is fused with one or more aryl groups wherein the point of attachment is either on the aryl or heteroaryl ring, and in such instances, the number of ring members designates the number of ring members in the fused polycyclic (aryl/heteroaryl) ring system.
  • Polycyclic heteroaryl groups wherein one ring does not contain a heteroatom e.g., indolyl, quinolinyl, carbazolyl, and the like
  • the point of attachment can be on either ring, e.g., either the ring bearing a heteroatom (e.g., 2-indolyl) or the ring that does not contain a heteroatom (e.g., 5-indolyl).
  • the heteroaryl is substituted or unsubstituted, 5- or 6-membered, monocyclic heteroaryl, wherein 1, 2, 3, or 4 atoms in the heteroaryl ring system are independently oxygen, nitrogen, or sulfur.
  • the heteroaryl is substituted or unsubstituted, 9- or 10-membered, bicyclic heteroaryl, wherein 1, 2, 3, or 4 atoms in the heteroaryl ring system are independently oxygen, nitrogen, or sulfur.
  • a heteroaryl group is a 5-10 membered aromatic ring system having ring carbon atoms and 1–4 ring heteroatoms provided in the aromatic ring system, wherein each heteroatom is independently nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur (“5-10 membered heteroaryl”).
  • a heteroaryl group is a 5-8 membered aromatic ring system having ring carbon atoms and 1–4 ring heteroatoms provided in the aromatic ring system, wherein each heteroatom is independently nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur (“5-8 membered heteroaryl”).
  • a heteroaryl group is a 5-6 membered aromatic ring system having ring carbon atoms and 1–4 ring heteroatoms provided in the aromatic ring system, wherein each heteroatom is independently nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur (“5-6 membered heteroaryl”).
  • the 5-6 membered heteroaryl has 1–3 ring heteroatoms nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
  • the 5-6 membered heteroaryl has 1–2 ring heteroatoms nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur. In some embodiments, the 5- 6 membered heteroaryl has 1 ring heteroatom nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur. Unless otherwise specified, each instance of a heteroaryl group is independently unsubstituted (an “unsubstituted heteroaryl”) or substituted (a “substituted heteroaryl”) with one or more substituents. In certain embodiments, the heteroaryl group is an unsubstituted 5-14 membered heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, the heteroaryl group is a substituted 5-14 membered heteroaryl.
  • Exemplary 5-membered heteroaryl groups containing 1 heteroatom include pyrrolyl, furanyl, and thiophenyl.
  • Exemplary 5-membered heteroaryl groups containing 2 heteroatoms include imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, and isothiazolyl.
  • Exemplary 5- membered heteroaryl groups containing 3 heteroatoms include triazolyl, oxadiazolyl, and thiadiazolyl.
  • Exemplary 5-membered heteroaryl groups containing 4 heteroatoms include tetrazolyl.
  • Exemplary 6-membered heteroaryl groups containing 1 heteroatom include pyridinyl.
  • Exemplary 6-membered heteroaryl groups containing 2 heteroatoms include pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, and pyrazinyl.
  • Exemplary 6-membered heteroaryl groups containing 3 or 4 heteroatoms include triazinyl and tetrazinyl, respectively.
  • Exemplary 7- membered heteroaryl groups containing 1 heteroatom include azepinyl, oxepinyl, and thiepinyl.
  • Exemplary 5 ,6-bicyclic heteroaryl groups include indolyl, isoindolyl, indazolyl, benzotriazolyl, benzothiophenyl, isobenzothiophenyl, benzofuranyl, benzoisofuranyl, benzimidazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, benzoxadiazolyl, benzthiazolyl, benzisothiazolyl, benzthiadiazolyl, indolizinyl, and purinyl.
  • Exemplary 6,6-bicyclic heteroaryl groups include naphthyridinyl, pteridinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, cinnolinyl, quinoxalinyl, phthalazinyl, and quinazolinyl.
  • Exemplary tricyclic heteroaryl groups include phenanthridinyl, dibenzofuranyl, carbazolyl, acridinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxazinyl, and phenazinyl.
  • Heteroaralkyl is a subset of “alkyl” and refers to an alkyl group substituted by a heteroaryl group, wherein the point of attachment is on the alkyl moiety.
  • the term “unsaturated bond” refers to a double or triple bond.
  • the term “unsaturated” or “partially unsaturated” refers to a moiety that includes at least one double or triple bond.
  • the term “saturated” or “fully saturated” refers to a moiety that does not contain a double or triple bond, e.g., the moiety only contains single bonds.
  • alkylene is the divalent moiety of alkyl
  • alkenylene is the divalent moiety of alkenyl
  • alkynylene is the divalent moiety of alkynyl
  • heteroalkylene is the divalent moiety of heteroalkyl
  • heteroalkenylene is the divalent moiety of heteroalkenyl
  • heteroalkynylene is the divalent moiety of heteroalkynyl
  • carbocyclylene is the divalent moiety of carbocyclyl
  • heterocyclylene is the divalent moiety of heterocyclyl
  • arylene is the divalent moiety of aryl
  • heteroarylene is the divalent moiety of heteroaryl.
  • a group is optionally substituted unless expressly provided otherwise.
  • the term “optionally substituted” refers to being substituted or unsubstituted.
  • alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl groups are optionally substituted.
  • Optionally substituted refers to a group which may be substituted or unsubstituted (e.g., “substituted” or “unsubstituted” alkyl, “substituted” or “unsubstituted” alkenyl, “substituted” or “unsubstituted” alkynyl, “substituted” or “unsubstituted” heteroalkyl, “substituted” or “unsubstituted” heteroalkenyl, “substituted” or “unsubstituted” heteroalkynyl, “substituted” or “unsubstituted” carbocyclyl, “substituted” or “unsubstituted” heterocyclyl, “substituted” or “unsubstituted” aryl or “substituted” or “unsubstituted” heteroaryl group).
  • substituted means that at least one –H present on a group is replaced with a permissible substituent, e.g., a substituent which upon substitution results in a stable compound, e.g., a compound which does not spontaneously undergo transformation such as by rearrangement, cyclization, elimination, or other reaction.
  • a “substituted” group has a substituent at one or more substitutable positions of the group, and when more than one position in any given structure is substituted, the substituent is either the same or different at each position.
  • substituted is contemplated to include substitution with all permissible substituents of organic compounds, and includes any of the substituents described herein that results in the formation of a stable compound.
  • Heteroatoms such as nitrogen may have –H substituents and/or any suitable substituent as described herein which satisfy the valencies of the heteroatoms and results in the formation of a stable moiety. This disclosure is not intended to be limited in any manner by the exemplary substituents described herein.
  • the carbon atom substituents are independently halogen, substituted (e.g., substituted with one or more halogen) or unsubstituted C 1 - 6 alkyl, ⁇ OR aa , ⁇ SR aa , ⁇ N(R bb ) 2 , –CN, –SCN, or –NO 2 .
  • the carbon atom substituents are independently halogen, substituted (e.g., substituted with one or more halogen moieties) or unsubstituted C 1–10 alkyl, ⁇ OR aa , ⁇ SR aa , ⁇ N(R bb ) 2 , –CN, –SCN, or –NO 2 , wherein R aa is –H, substituted (e.g., substituted with one or more halogen) or unsubstituted C 1–10 alkyl, an oxygen protecting group (e.g., silyl, TBDPS, TBDMS, TIPS, TES, TMS, MOM, THP, t-Bu, Bn, allyl, acetyl, pivaloyl, or benzoyl) when attached to an oxygen atom, or a sulfur protecting group (e.g., acetamidomethyl, t-Bu, 3- nitro-2-pyridine sulfen
  • the molecular weight of a carbon atom substituent is lower than 250, lower than 200, lower than 150, lower than 100, or lower than 50 g/mol.
  • a carbon atom substituent consists of carbon, –H, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, oxygen, sulfur, nitrogen, and/or silicon atoms.
  • a carbon atom substituent consists of carbon, –H, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, oxygen, sulfur, and/or nitrogen atoms.
  • a carbon atom substituent consists of carbon, –H, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, and/or iodine atoms.
  • a carbon atom substituent consists of carbon, –H, fluorine, and/or chlorine atoms.
  • halo or “halogen” refers to fluorine (fluoro, ⁇ F), chlorine (chloro, ⁇ Cl), bromine (bromo, ⁇ Br), or iodine (iodo, ⁇ I).
  • hydroxyl or “hydroxy” refers to the group ⁇ OH.
  • the term “amino” refers to the group ⁇ NH 2 .
  • the term “substituted amino,” by extension, refers to a monosubstituted amino, a disubstituted amino, or a trisubstituted amino. In certain embodiments, the “substituted amino” is a monosubstituted amino or a disubstituted amino group.
  • trisubstituted amino refers to an amino group wherein the nitrogen atom directly attached to the parent molecule is substituted with three groups, and includes ⁇ N(R bb )3 or ⁇ N(R bb )3 + X ⁇ , wherein R bb and X ⁇ are as defined herein.
  • sulfonyl refers to–SO2N(R bb ) 2 , –SO2R aa , or –SO2OR aa , wherein R aa and R bb are as defined herein.
  • acyl groups include aldehydes ( ⁇ CHO), carboxylic acids ( ⁇ CO2H), ketones, acyl halides, esters, amides, imines, carbonates, carbamates, and ureas.
  • Acyl substituents include, but are not limited to, any of the substituents described herein, that result in the formation of a stable moiety (e.g., aliphatic, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroaliphatic, heterocyclic, aryl, heteroaryl, acyl, oxo, imino, thiooxo, cyano, isocyano, amino, azido, nitro, hydroxyl, thiol, halo, aliphaticamino, heteroaliphaticamino, alkylamino, heteroalkylamino, arylamino, heteroarylamino, alkylaryl, arylalkyl, aliphaticoxy, heteroaliphaticoxy, alkyl
  • treatment refers to reversing, alleviating, delaying the onset of, or inhibiting the progress of a “pathological condition” (e.g., an infectious disease, or one or more signs or symptoms thereof) as described herein.
  • pathological condition e.g., an infectious disease, or one or more signs or symptoms thereof
  • treatment may be administered after one or more signs or symptoms have developed or have been observed. In other embodiments, treatment may be administered in the absence of signs or symptoms of the disease or condition.
  • treatment may be administered to a susceptible individual prior to the onset of symptoms (e.g., in light of a history of symptoms and/or in light of genetic or other susceptibility factors). Treatment may also be continued after symptoms have resolved, for example, to delay or prevent recurrence.
  • the term “prevent,” “preventing,” or “prevention” refers to a prophylactic treatment of a subject who is not and/or was not with a disease but is at risk of developing the disease or who was with a disease, is not with the disease, but is at risk of regression of the disease. In certain embodiments, the subject is at a higher risk of developing the disease or at a higher risk of regression of the disease than an average healthy member of a population.
  • the term “effective amount” means that amount of a drug or pharmaceutical agent that will elicit the biological or medical response of a tissue, system, animal, or human that is being sought, for instance, by a researcher or clinician.
  • therapeutically effective amount means any amount which, as compared to a corresponding subject who has not received such amount, results in improved treatment, healing, or amelioration of a disease, disorder, or side effect, or a decrease in the rate of advancement of a disease or disorder.
  • the term also includes within its scope amounts effective to enhance normal physiological function.
  • therapeutically effective amounts of a compound of Formula (I), as well as salts thereof may be administered as the raw chemical.
  • therapeutically effective amounts of a compound of Formula (I-a), as well as salts thereof, may be administered as the raw chemical. Additionally, the active ingredient may be presented as a pharmaceutical composition.
  • the term “inhibition,” “inhibiting,” “inhibit,” or “inhibitor” refer to the ability of a compound to reduce, slow, halt, or prevent activity of a particular biological process (e.g., furin activity, viral infectivity, viral replication, toxin activation and/or activity) in a subject relative to vehicle.
  • a “subject” to which administration is contemplated includes, but is not limited to, humans (i.e., a male or female of any age group, e.g., a pediatric subject (e.g., infant, child, adolescent) or adult subject (e.g., young adult, middle–aged adult, or senior adult)).
  • the animal is a mammal.
  • the animal may be a male or female and at any stage of development.
  • the terms “administer,” “administering,” or “administration,” refers to implanting, absorbing, ingesting, injecting, inhaling, or otherwise introducing a compound, or a pharmaceutical composition thereof to a subject.
  • microbial toxin refers to any toxin generated by a micro-organism (e.g., a bacteria).
  • a microbial toxin is P. aeruginosa toxin A.
  • the microbial toxin is Clostridium septicum alpha-toxin.
  • the microbial toxin is a diphtheria toxin.
  • the microbial toxin is a shiga toxin (e.g., Stx1 or Stx2).
  • the present disclosure provides methods for the treatment and/or prevention of a range of viral infections including, but not limited to, infections caused by togaviridae family viruses (e.g., alphaviruses (e.g., Chikungunya virus, eastern equine encephalitis virus, Mayaro virus, Onyong-nyong virus, Ross River virus, Semliki Forest virus, Sindbis virus, Venezuelan equine encephalitis virus, western equine encephalitis virus)), flaviviridae family viruses (e.g., flaviviruses (e.g., dengue virus, Japanese encephalitis virus, Kyasanur Forest disease virus, Murray Valley encephalitis virus, Omsk hemorrhagic fever virus, Powassan virus, Rocio encephalitis virus, Saint Louis encephalitis virus, Tick-borne encephalitis virus, West Nile
  • alphaviruses e.g., Chikungunya virus, eastern equine
  • a virus e.g., an alphavirus (e.g., Chikungunya virus, Eastern equine encephalitis, Mayaro virus, Venezuelan equine encephalitis virus, Western equine encephalitis)), a filoviradae family virus (e.g., a Marburgvirus (e.g., Marburg virus, Ravn virus)), human respiratory syncytial virus (i.e., human orthopneumovirus), a flavivirus (e.g., dengue virus, Usutu virus, Japanese encephalitis virus, Powassan virus, yellow fever), a paramyxoviridae family virus (e.g., an orthoparamyxovirinae virus (e.g., a henipavirus (e.g., Nipah virus), a morbillivirus (e.g., measles morbillivirus))) in a virus (e.g., an alphavirus (e.
  • the present disclosure provides methods for the treatment and/or prevention of viral infections caused by togaviridae family viruses, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of Formula (I) as described herein.
  • the provided methods are for the treatment and/or prevention of viral infections caused by togaviridae family viruses.
  • the provided methods are for the treatment and/or prevention of viral infections caused by alphaviruses.
  • the provided methods are for the treatment and/or prevention of viral infections caused by Chikungunya virus, eastern equine encephalitis virus, mayaro virus, onyong-nyong virus, Ross River virus, Semliki Forest virus, Sindbis virus, Venezuelan equine encephalitis virus, western equine encephalitis virus.
  • the present disclosure provides methods for the treatment and/or prevention of viral infections caused by Chikungunya virus.
  • the provided methods are for the treatment and/or prevention of flaviviruses.
  • the provided methods are for the treatment and/or prevention of dengue virus, Japanese encephalitis virus, Kyasanur Forest disease virus, Murray Valley encephalitis virus, omsk hemorrhagic fever virus, Powassan virus, Rocio encephalitis virus, Saint Louis encephalitis virus, Tick-borne encephalitis virus, West Nile virus, and/or yellow fever virus.
  • the provided methods are for the treatment and/or prevention of dengue virus.
  • the provided methods are for the treatment and/or prevention of Usutu virus.
  • the provided methods are for the treatment and/or prevention of Japanese encephalitis virus.
  • the provided methods are for the treatment and/or prevention of Powassan virus. In certain embodiments, the provided methods are for the treatment and/or prevention of yellow fever. [0079] In certain embodiments, the present disclosure provides methods for the treatment and/or prevention of viral infections caused by filoviradae family viruses, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of Formula (I) as described herein. In certain embodiments, the provided methods are for the treatment and/or prevention of Marburgviruses. In certain embodiments, the provided methods are for the treatment and/or prevention of Marburg Virus and Ravn Virus. In certain embodiments, the provided methods for the treatment and/or prevention of Marburg virus.
  • the present disclosure provides methods for the treatment and/or prevention of viral infections caused by paramyxoviridae family viruses, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of Formula (I) as described herein.
  • the provided methods are for the treatment and/or prevention of a orthoparamyxovirinae virus.
  • the provided methods are for the treatment and/or prevention of a respirovirus.
  • the provided methods are for the treatment and/or prevention of human respirovirus 1 (i.e., human parainfluenza virus type 1).
  • the provided methods are for the treatment and/or prevention of human respirovirus 3 (i.e., human parainfluenza virus type 3). In certain embodiments, the provided methods are for the treatment and/or prevention of murine respirovirus (i.e., murine parainfluenza virus type 1). In certain embodiments, the provided methods are for the treatment and/or prevention of a henipavirus. In certain embodiments, the provided methods are for the treatment and/or prevention of Cedar virus (i.e., Cedar henipavirus). In certain embodiments, the provided methods are for the treatment and/or prevention of Kumasi virus (i.e., Ghanaian bat henipavirus).
  • the provided methods are for the treatment and/or prevention of Hendra virus (i.e., Hendra henipavirus). In certain embodiments, the provided methods are for the treatment and/or prevention of Mojiang virus (i.e., Mojiang virus). In certain embodiments, the provided methods are for the treatment and/or prevention of Nipah virus. In certain embodiments, the provided methods are for the treatment and/or prevention of morbilliviruses.
  • Hendra virus i.e., Hendra henipavirus
  • Mojiang virus i.e., Mojiang virus
  • the provided methods are for the treatment and/or prevention of Nipah virus. In certain embodiments, the provided methods are for the treatment and/or prevention of morbilliviruses.
  • the provided methods are for the treatment and/or prevention of Canine morbillivirus, Cetacean morbillivirus, Feline morbillivirus, Feline morbillivirus 2, Measles morbillivirus, Phocine morbillivirus, Rinderpest morbillivirus, and/or Small ruminant morbillivirus. In certain embodiments, the provided methods are for the treatment and/or prevention of Measles morbillivirus.
  • the present disclosure provides methods of treating a viral infection (e.g., infections resulting from togaviridae family viruses (e.g., alphaviruses (e.g., Chikungunya virus)), filoviradae family viruses (e.g., Marburgviruses (e.g., Marburg virus, Ravn virus)), human respiratory syncytial virus (i.e., Human orthopneumovirus), a flavivirus (e.g., dengue virus)) in a subject in need thereof, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof an effective amount (e.g., therapeutically effective amount) of a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of Formula (I) as described herein.
  • a viral infection e.g., infections resulting from togaviridae family viruses (e.g., alphaviruses (e.g., Chikungunya virus)), filoviradae family viruses (e.g., Marburgviruse
  • provided herein are methods of treating viral infections resulting from Chikungunya virus. In certain embodiments, provided herein are methods of treating viral infections resulting from dengue virus. In certain embodiments, provided herein are methods of treating viral infections resulting from Chikungunya virus. In certain embodiments, provided herein are methods of treating viral infections resulting from eastern equine encephalitis. In certain embodiments, provided herein are methods of treating viral infections resulting from mayaro virus. In certain embodiments, provided herein are methods of treating viral infections resulting from Venezuelan equine encephalitis virus. In certain embodiments, provided herein are methods of treating a viral infections resulting from western equine encephalitis.
  • the present disclosure provides methods of preventing a viral infection in a subject in need thereof, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof an effective amount (e.g., a prophylactically effective amount) of a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutical composition comprising Formula (I) as described herein.
  • an effective amount e.g., a prophylactically effective amount
  • provided herein are methods of preventing viral infections resulting from Chikungunya virus.
  • provided herein are methods of preventing viral infections resulting from dengue virus.
  • provided herein are methods of preventing viral infections resulting from Chikungunya virus.
  • the present disclosure provides methods of inhibiting the replication of a virus (e.g., a togaviridae family virus (e.g., an alphavirus (e.g., Chikungunya virus, Eastern equine encephalitis, Mayaro virus, Venezuelan equine encephalitis virus, Western equine encephalitis)), a filoviradae family virus (e.g., a Marburgvirus (e.g., Marburg virus, Ravn virus)), human respiratory syncytial virus (i.e., human orthopneumovirus), a flavivirus (e.g., dengue virus, Usutu virus, Japanese encephalitis virus, Powassan virus, yellow fever), a paramyxoviridae family virus (e.g., an orthoparamyxovirinae virus, (e.g., a henipavirus (e.g., Nipah virus), a morbillivirus
  • a virus e
  • the provided methods are for inhibiting the replication of Chikungunya virus in a subject in need thereof. In certain embodiments, the provided methods are for inhibiting the replication of Marburg virus in a subject in need thereof. In certain embodiments, the provided methods are for inhibiting the replication of dengue virus in a subject in need thereof.
  • a virus e.g., a togaviridae family virus (e.g., an alphavirus (e.g., Chikungunya virus, Eastern equine encephalitis, Mayaro virus, Venezuelan equine encephalitis virus, Western equine encephalitis)), a filoviradae family virus (e.g., a Marburgvirus (e.g., Marburg virus, Ravn virus)), human respiratory syncytial virus (i.e., human orthopneumovirus), a flavivirus (e.g., dengue virus, Usutu virus, Japanese encephalitis virus, Powassan virus, yellow fever), a paramyxoviridae family virus (e.g., an orthoparamyxovirinae virus, (e.g., a henipavirus (e.g., Nipah virus), a morbillivirus (e.
  • a virus e.g., a tog
  • provided herein are methods of inhibiting the replication of a virus in a subject by at least 1%, at least 3%, at least 10%, at least 20%, at least 30%, at least 40%, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, or at least 90%.
  • the replication of a virus in a subject is inhibited by at least 1%, at least 3%, at least 10%, at least 20%, at least 30%, at least 40%, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, or at least 90%.
  • provided herein are methods of inhibiting the replication of a virus in a subject by at least 30%.
  • the present disclosure provides methods of decreasing viral infectivity (e.g., infectivity of a virus (e.g., a togaviridae family virus (e.g., an alphavirus (e.g., Chikungunya virus, Eastern equine encephalitis, Mayaro virus, Venezuelan equine encephalitis virus, Western equine encephalitis)), a filoviradae family virus (e.g., a Marburgvirus (e.g., Marburg virus, Ravn virus)), human respiratory syncytial virus (i.e., human orthopneumovirus), a flavivirus (e.g., dengue virus, Usutu virus, Japanese encephalitis virus, Powassan
  • a virus e.g., a togaviridae family virus (e.g., an alphavirus (e.g., Chikungunya virus, Eastern equine encephalitis, Mayaro virus, Venezuelan e
  • the present disclosure provides methods of decreasing viral infectivity of Chikungunya virus in a subject. In certain embodiments, the present disclosure provides methods of decreasing viral infectivity of dengue virus in a subject. In certain embodiments, the present disclosure provides methods of decreasing viral infectivity of Marburg virus in a subject.
  • the present disclosure provides compounds of Formula (I) and pharmaceutical compositions described herein for use in treating and/or preventing a viral infection including, but not limited to, infections caused by togaviridae family viruses (e.g., alphaviruses (e.g., Chikungunya virus, eastern equine encephalitis virus, Mayaro virus, Onyong-nyong virus, Ross River virus, Semliki Forest virus, Sindbis virus, Venezuelan equine encephalitis virus, western equine encephalitis virus)), flaviviridae family viruses (e.g., flaviviruses (e.g., dengue virus, Japanese encephalitis virus, Kyasanur Forest disease virus, Murray Valley encephalitis virus, Omsk hemorrhagic fever virus, Powassan virus, Rocio encephalitis virus, Saint Louis encephalitis virus, Tick-borne encephalitis virus, West Nile virus, Yellow fever virus, Usu
  • alphaviruses
  • the present disclosure provides compounds of Formula (I) and pharmaceutical compositions described herein for use in treating and/or preventing a viral infection including, but not limited to, infections caused by a virus (e.g., a togaviridae family virus (e.g., an alphavirus (e.g., Chikungunya virus, Eastern equine encephalitis, Mayaro virus, Venezuelan equine encephalitis virus, Western equine encephalitis)), a filoviradae family virus (e.g., a Marburgvirus (e.g., Marburg virus, Ravn virus)), human respiratory syncytial virus (i.e., human orthopneumovirus), a flavivirus (e.g., dengue virus, Usutu virus, Japanese encephalitis virus, Powassan virus, yellow fever), a paramyxoviridae family virus (e.g., an orthoparamyxovirinae virus, (e.g., an orthoparamyx
  • the present disclosure provides compounds of Formula (I) and pharmaceutical compositions described herein for use in treating and/or preventing a viral infection caused by Chikungunya virus in a subject in need thereof. In certain embodiments, the present disclosure provides compounds of Formula (I) and pharmaceutical compositions described herein for use in treating and/or preventing a viral infection caused by Marburg virus in a subject in need thereof. In certain embodiments, the present disclosure provides compounds of Formula (I) and pharmaceutical compositions described herein for use in treating and/or preventing a viral infection caused by dengue virus in a subject in need thereof.
  • the present disclosure provides uses of compounds of Formula (I) and pharmaceutical compositions described herein in the manufacture of a medicament for treating a viral infection (e.g., viral infections resulting from a togaviridae family virus (e.g., an alphavirus (e.g., Chikungunya virus, Eastern equine encephalitis, Mayaro virus, Venezuelan equine encephalitis virus, Western equine encephalitis)), a filoviradae family virus (e.g., a Marburgvirus (e.g., Marburg virus, Ravn virus)), human respiratory syncytial virus (i.e., human orthopneumovirus), a flavivirus (e.g., dengue virus, Usutu virus, Japanese encephalitis virus, Powassan virus, yellow fever), a paramyxoviridae family virus (e.g., an orthoparamyxovirinae virus, (e.g., a hen), a paramyxovi
  • the present disclosure provides uses of compounds of Formula (I) and pharmaceutical compositions described herein in the manufacture of a medicament for treating viral infections resulting from Chikungunya virus in a subject in need thereof. In certain embodiments, the present disclosure provides uses of compounds of Formula (I) and pharmaceutical compositions described herein in the manufacture of a medicament for treating a viral infection resulting from dengue virus in a subject in need thereof. In certain embodiments, the present disclosure provides uses of compounds of Formula (I) and pharmaceutical compositions described herein in the manufacture of a medicament for treating Marburg virus in a subject in need thereof.
  • the present disclosure provides uses of compounds of Formula (I) and pharmaceutical compositions described herein in the manufacture of a medicament for preventing a viral infection (e.g., infection resulting from a togaviridae family virus (e.g., an alphavirus (e.g., Chikungunya virus, Eastern equine encephalitis, Mayaro virus, Venezuelan equine encephalitis virus, Western equine encephalitis)), a filoviradae family virus (e.g., a Marburgvirus (e.g., Marburg virus, Ravn virus)), human respiratory syncytial virus (i.e., human orthopneumovirus), a flavivirus (e.g., dengue virus, Usutu virus, Japanese encephalitis virus, Powassan virus, yellow fever), a paramyxoviridae family virus (e.g., an orthoparamyxovirinae virus, (e.g., a hen), a paramyxovi
  • the present disclosure provides uses of compounds of Formula (I) and pharmaceutical compositions described herein in the manufacture of a medicament for preventing Chikungunya virus in a subject in need thereof. In another aspect, the present disclosure provides uses of compounds of Formula (I) and pharmaceutical compositions described herein in the manufacture of a medicament for preventing Marburg virus in a subject in need thereof. In another aspect, the present disclosure provides uses of compounds of Formula (I) and pharmaceutical compositions described herein in the manufacture of a medicament for preventing a viral infection caused by dengue virus in a subject in need thereof. [0090] In certain embodiments, the virus is a togaviridae family virus. In certain embodiments, the togaviridae family virus is an alphavirus.
  • the alphavirus is Chikungunya virus, eastern equine encephalitis virus, Mayaro virus, Onyong- nyong virus, Ross River virus, Semliki Forest virus, Sindbis virus, Venezuelan equine encephalitis virus, or Western equine encephalitis virus.
  • the alphavirus is dengue virus.
  • the virus is a paramyxoviridae family virus.
  • the paramyxoviridae family virus is an orthoparamyxovirinae virus.
  • the orthoparamyxovirinae virus is a henipavirus.
  • the henipavirus is Nipah virus (i.e., Nipah henipavirus). In certain embodiments, the henipavirus is Cedar virus (i.e., Cedar henipavirus). In certain embodiments, the henipavirus is Kumasi virus (i.e., Ghanaian bat henipavirus). In certain embodiments, the henipavirus Hendra virus (i.e., Hendra henipavirus). In certain embodiments, the henipavirus is Mojiang virus (i.e., Mojiang henipavirus). In certain embodiments, the orthoparamyxovirinae virus is a respirovirus.
  • the respirovirus is human respirovirus 1 (i.e., murine parainfluenza virus type 1). In certain embodiments, the respirovirus is human respirovirus 3 (i.e., murine parainfluenza virus type 3). In certain embodiments, the respirovirus is murine respirovirus (i.e., murine parainfluenza virus type 1). In certain embodiments, the paramyxoviridae family virus is a morbillivirus.
  • the morbillivirus is a Canine morbillivirus, Cetacean morbillivirus, Feline morbillivirus, Feline morbillivirus 2, Measles morbillivirus, Phocine morbillivirus, Rinderpest morbillivirus, or Small ruminant morbillivirus.
  • the morbillivirus is Measles morbillivirus (i.e., measles).
  • the virus is a flaviviridae family virus. In certain embodiments, the flaviviridae family virus is a flavivirus.
  • the flavivirus is dengue virus, Japanese encephalitis virus, Kyasanur Forest disease virus, Murray Valley encephalitis virus, Omsk hemorrhagic fever virus, Powassan virus, Rocio encephalitis virus, Saint Louis encephalitis virus, Tick-borne encephalitis virus, West Nile virus, or Yellow fever virus.
  • the flavivirus is dengue virus.
  • the virus us a filoviradae family virus.
  • the filoviradae family virus is a Marburgvirus.
  • the Marburgvirus is Marburg Virus, or Ravn Virus.
  • the Marburgvirus is Marburg virus. Virus.
  • the Marburgvirus is Ravn virus.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) useful in the methods and uses of this disclosure prevents or inhibits the furin- mediated processing of viral precursor protein E3E2, which prevents or inhibits viral fusion and infection.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) useful in the methods and uses of this disclosure prevents or inhibits the furin- mediated cleavage of the virion premembrane (prM). Cleavage of prM is the defining event in flavivirus maturation and is a required step in the virus infection cycle.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) useful in the methods and uses of this disclosure inhibits viral fusion by cleaving the glycoproteins of a virus.
  • a microbial toxin e.g., P. aeruginosa toxin A, Clostridium septicum alpha-toxin, diphtheria toxin(s), shiga toxin(s)
  • administering comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I).
  • a toxin e.g., P. aeruginosa toxin A, Clostridium septicum alpha-toxin, diphtheria toxin(s), shiga toxin(s)
  • a toxin e.g., P. aeruginosa toxin A, Clostridium septicum alpha-toxin, diphtheria toxin(s), shiga toxin(s)
  • aeruginosa toxin A Clostridium septicum alpha-toxin, diphtheria toxin(s), shiga toxin(s)) in a subject by at least 1%, at least 3%, at least 10%, at least 20%, at least 30%, at least 40%, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, or at least 90%.
  • the activity of a toxin e.g., P.
  • aeruginosa toxin A Clostridium septicum alpha-toxin, diphtheria toxin(s), shiga toxin(s)) in a subject is decreased by at least 1%, at least 3%, at least 10%, at least 20%, at least 30%, at least 40%, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, or at least 90%.
  • the activity of a toxin e.g., P. aeruginosa toxin A, Clostridium septicum alpha-toxin, diphtheria toxin(s), shiga toxin(s)
  • a toxin e.g., P. aeruginosa toxin A, Clostridium septicum alpha-toxin, diphtheria toxin(s), shiga toxin(s)
  • a toxin e.g., P. aeruginosa toxin A, Clostridium septicum
  • the present disclosure provides compounds of Formula (I) and pharmaceutical compositions described herein for use in treating and/or preventing a disorder due to a microbial toxin (e.g., P. aeruginosa toxin A, Clostridium septicum alpha-toxin, diphtheria toxin(s), shiga toxin(s)) in a subject in need thereof.
  • a microbial toxin e.g., P. aeruginosa toxin A, Clostridium septicum alpha-toxin, diphtheria toxin(s), shiga toxin(s)
  • the present disclosure provides uses of compounds of Formula (I) and pharmaceutical compositions described herein in the manufacture of a medicament for treating and/or preventing a disorder due to a microbial toxin (e.g., P.
  • aeruginosa toxin A Clostridium septicum alpha-toxin, diphtheria toxin(s), shiga toxin(s)) in a subject in need thereof.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) useful in the methods and uses of this disclosure prevents or inhibits the processing of Pseudomonas aeruginosa exotoxin A by furin to prevent active forms of Pseudomonas aeruginosa exotoxin A from forming.
  • the compound of Formula (I) useful in the present disclosure is of the formula: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: X is –O– or –N(R 8 )–; R 1 and R 2 are each independently H or optionally substituted (C 1 -C 4 )alkyl; optionally, R 1 and R 2 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a 4-11 membered monocyclic, fused bicyclic, bridged, or spiro-bicyclic saturated ring, optionally containing one or two additional heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur, wherein said ring is optionally substituted with one, two, or three of halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, –OCONR 8 R 9 , –CO 2 R 8 , –C(O)CO 2 R 8 , –R 7 , –OR 7 , –NHR 8 , –NR 7 R 8 , –C(O)R 7
  • X is O or NR 8 , wherein R 8 is (C 1 -C 4 )alkyl. In another embodiment, X is –NR 8 , wherein R 8 is (C 1 -C 4 )alkyl. In certain embodiments, X is O. [00105] In certain embodiments, R 3 is optionally substituted –O(C 1 -C 4 )alkyl. In certain embodiments, R 3 is optionally substituted –OCF 3 . In certain embodiments, R 3 is optionally substituted (C 1 -C 4 )alkyl. In certain embodiments, R 3 is –Me. In certain embodiments, R 3 is – CF3. In certain embodiments, R 3 is –CHF2.
  • R 3 is –CH2F. In certain embodiments, R 3 is halogen. In certain embodiments, R 3 is –F. In certain embodiments, R 3 is –Cl. In certain embodiments, R 3 is –Br. In certain embodiments, R 3 is –I. In certain embodiments, R 3 is –Me. In certain embodiments, each R 3 is independently halogen, methyl, or difluoromethyl. In another embodiment, each R 3 is independently fluoro, chloro, bromo, methyl, or difluoromethyl. In one embodiment, each R 3 is independently halogen. In another embodiment, each R 3 is independently fluoro, chloro, or bromo.
  • each R 3 is independently fluoro or chloro. In certain embodiments, each R 3 is chloro. In certain embodiments, R 3 is –CN. [00106] In certain embodiments, R 1 and R 2 are each independently H, (C 1 -C 4 )alkyl, or (C 1 - C 4 )alkylNH2.
  • R 1 and R 2 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a 4-11 membered monocyclic, fused bicyclic, bridged, or spiro- bicyclic saturated ring, optionally containing one or two additional heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur, wherein said ring is optionally substituted with one, two, or three of halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, –OCONR 8 R 9 , –CO 2 R 8 , – C(O)CO 2 R 8 , –R 7 , –OR 7 , –NHR 8 , –NR 7 R 8 , –C(O)R 7 , –CONHR 8 , –CONR 7 R 8 , or –SO2R 7 .
  • R 1 and R 2 are each independently H, (C 1 -C 4 )alkyl, or –(C 1 -C 4 )alkylNH2. In another embodiment, R 1 and R 2 are each independently H or –(C 1 -C 4 )alkylNH 2 .
  • R 1 and R 2 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a 4-11 membered monocyclic, fused bicyclic, bridged, or spiro-bicyclic saturated ring, optionally containing one or two additional heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur, wherein said ring is optionally substituted with one, two, or three of halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, –OCONR 8 R 9 , –CO2R 8 , – C(O)CO2R 8 , –R 7 , –OR 7 , –NHR 8 , –NR 7 R 8 , –C(O)R 7 , –CONHR 8 , –CONR 7 R 8 , or –SO 2 R 7 .
  • R 1 and R 2 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form an optionally substituted pyrrolidine, pyrazolidine, imidazolidine, piperidine, piperazine, or morpholine ring.
  • R 1 and R 2 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached represent a 6- or 7-membered monocyclic ring, optionally containing one or two additional heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur, wherein said ring is optionally substituted by one, two, or three substituents independently halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, –OCONR 8 R 9 , –CO2R 8 , –C(O)CO2R 8 , –R 7 , –OR 7 , –NHR 8 , –NR 7 R 8 , – C(O)R 7 , –CONHR 8 , –CONR 7 R 8 , or –SO 2 R 7 .
  • R 1 and R 2 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached represent a 6- or 7-membered monocyclic ring, optionally containing one or two additional nitrogen heteroatoms, wherein said ring is optionally substituted by one, two, or three substituents independently selected from halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, R 7 , –OR 7 , –NHR 8 , –NR 7 R 8 , and –C(O)R 7 .
  • R 1 and R 2 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached represent a 6- or 7-membered monocyclic ring, optionally containing one additional nitrogen heteroatom, wherein said ring is optionally substituted by one substituent which is R 7 .
  • R 1 and R 2 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached represent an optionally substituted piperazine ring. [00108] In certain embodiments, R 1 and R 2 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form an optionally substituted piperazine ring. In certain embodiments, R 1 and R 2 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a piperazine ring of the formula: . In certain embodiments, R 1 and R 2 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a piperazine ring of the formula: . In certain embodiments, R 1 and R 2 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a piperazine ring of the formula: .
  • R 1 and R 2 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a piperazine ring of the formula .
  • R 1 and R 2 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a piperazine ring of the formula: .
  • R 1 and R 2 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a piperazine ring of the formula: .
  • R 1 and R 2 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a piperazine ring of the formula: .
  • R 1 and R 2 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a ring of the formula: .
  • R 1 and R 2 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a ring of the formula: In certain embodiments, R 1 and R 2 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a piperidine ring of the formula: . In certain embodiments, R 1 and R 2 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a piperidine ring of the formula: . In certain embodiments, R 1 and R 2 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a ring of the formula: . certain embodiments, R 1 and R 2 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a ring of the formula: .
  • R 1 and R 2 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a pyrrolidine ring of the formula: .
  • R 4 and R 5 are each independently H, or optionally substituted (C 1 -C 4 )alkyl. In certain embodiment, R 4 and R 5 are the same. In certain embodiments, R 4 and R 5 are different. In certain embodiments, R 4 is H. In certain embodiments, R 5 is H. In one embodiment, R 4 and R 5 are each independently H, (C 1 -C 4 )alkyl, or (C 2 -C 4 )alkyl(C 1 -C 4 )alkoxy. In certain embodiments, R 4 is –Me.
  • R 4 is –C(O)R 7 . In certain embodiments, R 4 is –C(O)Me. In another embodiment, R 4 and R 5 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a 4-11 membered monocyclic, fused bicyclic, bridged, or spiro-bicyclic saturated ring, optionally containing one or two additional heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur, wherein said ring is optionally substituted with one, two, or three of halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, –OCONR 8 R 9 , –CO 2 R 8 , –C(O)CO 2 R 8 , –SO 2 (C 1 C 4 )alkyl, –R 7 , –OR 7 , –NHR 8 , –NR 7 R 8 , –N(R 8 )C(O)R 9 , –N(R 8 )SO 2 R 9 , –N(R 8 )CONR
  • R 4 and R 5 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a piperidine ring of the formula: .
  • R 4 and R 5 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a piperidine ring of the formula: .
  • R 4 and R 5 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a piperidine ring of the formula: .
  • R 4 and R 5 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a ring of the formula: .
  • R 4 and R 5 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a ring of the formula: .
  • R 4 and R 5 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a piperazine ring of the formula: .
  • R 4 and R 5 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form ring of the formula: .
  • R 4 and R 5 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a pyrrolidine ring of the formula: .
  • R 4 and R 5 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a pyrrolidine ring of the formula: .
  • R 4 and R 5 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a pyrrolidine ring of the formula: .
  • each R 6 is independently halogen or (C 1 -C 4 )alkyl. In another embodiment, each R 6 is independently halogen. In another embodiment, each R 6 is independently selected from the group consisting of fluoro, chloro, bromo, and methyl. In another embodiment, each R 6 is independently selected from the group consisting of fluoro, chloro, and bromo. In another embodiment, each R 6 is independently fluoro or chloro.
  • each R 6 is fluoro. In another embodiment, each R 6 is chloro. In another embodiment, each R 6 is independently (C 1 -C 4 )alkyl. In another embodiment, each R 6 is methyl. [00111] In one embodiment, each R 7 is independently (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, halo(C 1 -C 6 )alkyl, (C 3 -C 6 )cycloalkyl, or –(C 1 -C 4 )alkyl(C 3 -C 6 )cycloalkyl, each of which is optionally substituted by one or two of triazolyl, tetrazolyl, –CO2R 8 , –CONR 8 R 9 , –CON(R 8 )CO2(C 1 -C 4 )alkyl, –OH, (C 1 -C 4 )alkoxy, –OCONR 8 R 9 , –OCON(R 8 )C(O)R 9 , (
  • each R 7 is independently (C 1 -C 4 )alkyl, (C 2 -C 4 )alkenyl, halo(C 1 -C 4 )alkyl, (C 3 -C 6 )cycloalkyl, or —(C 1 -C 2 )alkyl(C 3 -C 6 )cycloalkyl, each of which is optionally substituted with –CO2R 8 , –CONR 8 R 9 , –OH, oxo, –(C 1 -C 4 )alkoxy, –OCONR 8 R 9 , – (C 1 -C 4 )alkylOH, –NR 8 R 9 , –N(R 8 )C(O)R 9 , –N(R 8 )CO 2 (C 1 -C 4 )alkyl, –N(R 8 )CH 2 CO 2 R 9 , – N(R 8 )CONR 8 R 9 , –N(N(R
  • each R 7 is independently (C 1 -C 4 )alkyl, (C 2 -C 4 )alkenyl, halo(C 1 -C 4 )alkyl, (C 3 -C 6 )cycloalkyl, or —(C 1 -C 2 )alkyl(C 3 -C 6 )cycloalkyl, each of which is optionally substituted by one or two substituents –CO2R 8 , –CONR 8 R 9 , –OH, (C 1 -C 4 )alkoxy, –OCONR 8 R 9 , –(C 1 -C 4 )alkylOH, –NR 8 R 9 , –N(R 8 )C(O)R 9 , –N(R 8 )CO2(C 1 -C 4 )alkyl, –N(R 8 )CONR 8 R 9 , –N(R 8 )SO 2 R 9 , –SO(C 1 -C 4
  • each R 7 is (C 1 -C 6 )alkyl which is optionally substituted by one substituent which is –CO2H, –OH, –N(R 8 )C(O)R 9 , or –SO(C 1 -C 4 )alkyl.
  • each R 7 is (C 1 -C 4 )alkyl which is optionally substituted by one substituent which is –CO 2 H, –OH, –N(R 8 )C(O)R 9 , or –SO(C 1 -C 4 )alkyl.
  • each of R 8 and R 9 is independently H, optionally substituted (C 1 -C 4 )alkyl, or optionally substituted (C 3 -C 6 )cycloalkyl.
  • each R 8 and R 9 is independently H or (C 1 -C 4 )alkyl.
  • each R 8 and R 9 is independently (C 1 -C 4 )alkyl.
  • R 8 and R 9 are each methyl.
  • each R 8 and R 9 is H.
  • R 8 is H; and R 9 is (C 1 -C 4 )alkyl.
  • R 8 is H; and R 9 is –Me.
  • R 8 is (C 1 -C 4 )alkyl. In another embodiment, R 8 is –Me. In another embodiment, R 8 is –H. In another embodiment, R 9 is (C 1 -C 4 )alkyl. In another embodiment, R 9 is –Me. In another embodiment, R 9 is –H. [00113] In one embodiment, n is 1, 2, or 3. In another embodiment, n is 2 or 3. In another embodiment, n is 2. [00114] In certain embodiments, the disclosed methods comprise administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of any one of the compounds found in Table 1 below.
  • the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, useful in the present disclosure is of the formula: .
  • the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, useful in the present disclosure is of the formula: .
  • the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, useful in the present disclosure is of the formula: .
  • the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, useful in the present disclosure is of the formula: .
  • the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, useful in the present disclosure is of the formula: .
  • the compound of Formula (I) useful in the present disclosure is of the formula thereof, useful in the present disclosure is of the formula: .
  • the compound of Formula (I) useful in the present disclosure is of the formula: , or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the disclosed methods comprise administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of any one of the compounds found in Table 1 below.
  • the synthesis and characterization of all compounds in Table 1 can be found in U.S. Provisional Application, U.S.S.N. 62/670,050, filed on May 11, 2018, and the corresponding international PCT application, Application No.: PCT/EP2019/062098, filed on May 10, 2019, the contents of both are incorporated herein by reference. Table 1.
  • Compounds useful in the disclosure is of the formula thereof, useful in the present disclosure is of the formula: .
  • the compound of Formula (I) useful in the present disclosure is of the formula: , or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the disclosed methods comprise administering to the subject in need thereof a
  • the salts of the present disclosure are pharmaceutically acceptable salts.
  • Salts of the disclosed compounds containing a basic amine or other basic functional group may be prepared by any suitable method known in the art, including treatment of the free base with an inorganic acid, such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, and the like, or with an organic acid, such as acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, maleic acid, succinic acid, mandelic acid, fumaric acid, malonic acid, pyruvic acid, oxalic acid, glycolic acid, salicylic acid, pyranosidyl acid, such as glucuronic acid or galacturonic acid, alpha-hydroxy acid, such as citric acid or tartaric acid, amino acid, such as aspartic acid or glutamic acid, aromatic acid, such as benzoic acid or cinnamic acid, sulfonic acid, such as p-tolu
  • an inorganic acid such
  • Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts include sulfates, pyrosulfates, bisulfates, sulfites, bisulfites, phosphates, chlorides, bromides, iodides, acetates, propionates, decanoates, caprylates, acrylates, formates, isobutyrates, caproates, heptanoates, propiolates, oxalates, malonates succinates, suberates, sebacates, fumarates, maleates, butyne-1,4-dioates, hexyne-1,6-dioates, benzoates, chlorobenzoates, methylbenzoates, dinitrobenzoates, hydroxybenzoates, methoxybenzoates, phthalates, phenylacetates, phenylpropionates, phenylbutrates, citrates, lactates, ⁇ -hydroxybutyrates, glycolates, tartrates mandelates, and
  • Salts of the disclosed compounds containing a carboxylic acid or other acidic functional group can be prepared by reacting with a suitable base.
  • a suitable base which affords a pharmaceutically acceptable cation, which includes alkali metal salts (especially sodium and potassium), alkaline earth metal salts (especially calcium and magnesium), aluminum salts, and ammonium salts, as well as salts made from physiologically acceptable organic bases, such as trimethylamine, triethylamine, morpholine, pyridine, piperidine, picoline, dicyclohexylamine, N,N’- dibenzylethylenediamine, 2-hydroxyethylamine, bis-(2-hydroxyethyl)amine, tri-(2- hydroxyethyl)amine, procaine, dibenzylpiperidine, dehydroabietylamine, N,N’- bisdehydroabietylamine, glucamine, N-methylglucamine, collidine, quinine,
  • composition useful in the present disclosure (also referred to as pharmaceutical formulation) comprising a compound of Formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and one or more excipients (also referred to as carriers and/or diluents in the pharmaceutical arts).
  • excipients are acceptable in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients of the formulation and not deleterious to the recipient thereof (i.e., the patient).
  • Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable excipients will vary depending upon the particular dosage form chosen.
  • suitable pharmaceutically acceptable excipients may be chosen for a particular function that they may serve in the composition.
  • certain pharmaceutically acceptable excipients may be chosen for their ability to facilitate the production of uniform dosage forms.
  • Certain pharmaceutically acceptable excipients may be chosen for their ability to facilitate the production of stable dosage forms.
  • Certain pharmaceutically acceptable excipients may be chosen for their ability to facilitate the carrying or transporting of the compound or compounds of this disclosure once administered to the patient from one organ, or portion of the body, to another organ, or portion of the body.
  • Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable excipients include the following types of excipients: diluents, fillers, binders, disintegrants, lubricants, glidants, granulating agents, coating agents, wetting agents, solvents, co-solvents, suspending agents, emulsifiers, sweeteners, flavoring agents, flavor masking agents, coloring agents, anticaking agents, hemectants, chelating agents, plasticizers, viscosity increasing agents, antioxidants, preservatives, stabilizers, surfactants, and buffering agents.
  • compositions may be adapted for administration by any appropriate route, for example, by oral (including buccal or sublingual), rectal, nasal, topical (including buccal, sublingual, or transdermal), vaginal, or parenteral (including subcutaneous, intramuscular, intravenous, or intradermal) routes.
  • compositions may be prepared by any method known in the art of pharmacy, for example, by bringing into association the active ingredient with the excipient(s).
  • the exact amount of a compound required to achieve an effective amount will vary from subject to subject, depending, for example, on species, age, and general condition of a subject, severity of the side effects or disorder, identity of the particular compound, mode of administration, and the like.
  • An effective amount may be included in a single dose (e.g., single oral dose) or multiple doses (e.g., multiple oral doses).
  • the duration between the first dose and last dose of the multiple doses is three months, six months, or one year.
  • the duration between the first dose and last dose of the multiple doses is the lifetime of the subject.
  • a dose (e.g., a single dose, or any dose of multiple doses) described herein includes independently between 0.1 ⁇ g and 1 ⁇ g, between 0.001 mg and 0.01 mg, between 0.01 mg and 0.1 mg, between 0.1 mg and 1 mg, between 1 mg and 3 mg, between 3 mg and 10 mg, between 10 mg and 30 mg, between 30 mg and 100 mg, between 100 mg and 300 mg, between 300 mg and 1,000 mg, or between 1 g and 10 g, inclusive, of a compound described herein.
  • a dose described herein includes independently between 1 mg and 3 mg, inclusive, of a compound described herein.
  • a dose described herein includes independently between 3 mg and 10 mg, inclusive, of a compound described herein. In certain embodiments, a dose described herein includes independently between 10 mg and 30 mg, inclusive, of a compound described herein. In certain embodiments, a dose described herein includes independently between 30 mg and 100 mg, inclusive, of a compound described herein. [00130] Dose ranges as described herein provide guidance for the administration of provided pharmaceutical compositions to an adult. The amount to be administered to, for example, a child or an adolescent can be determined by a medical practitioner or person skilled in the art and can be lower or the same as that administered to an adult.
  • a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the present disclosure will depend upon a number of factors including, for example, the age and weight of the intended recipient, the precise condition requiring treatment and its severity, the nature of the formulation, and the route of administration, and will ultimately be at the discretion of the attendant prescribing the medication.
  • an effective amount of a compound of Formula (I) for the treatment of a viral infection e.g., infection resulting from a togaviridae family virus (e.g., an alphavirus (e.g., Chikungunya virus, Eastern equine encephalitis, Mayaro virus, Venezuelan equine encephalitis virus, Western equine encephalitis)), a filoviradae family virus (e.g., a Marburgvirus (e.g., Marburg virus, Ravn virus)), human respiratory syncytial virus (i.e., human orthopneumovirus), a flavivirus (e.g., dengue virus, Usutu virus, Japanese encephalitis virus, Powassan virus, yellow fever), a paramyxoviridae family virus (e.g., an orthoparamyxovirinae virus, (e.g., a henipavirus (e.g., Nipah virus), a mor
  • the actual amount per day would suitably be from 7 to 700 mg and this amount may be given in a single dose per day or in a number (such as two, three, four, five or six) of sub-doses per day such that the total daily dose is the same.
  • Inhaled daily dosages range from 10 ⁇ g - 10 mg/day, with preferred 10 ⁇ g - 2 mg/day, and more preferred 50 ⁇ g - 500 ⁇ g/day.
  • An effective amount of a salt or solvate, etc. may be determined as a proportion of the effective amount of the compound of Formula (I) per se. It is envisaged that similar dosages would be appropriate for treatment of the other conditions referred to above.
  • kits e.g., pharmaceutical packs.
  • the kit comprises a compound or pharmaceutical composition described herein, and instructions for using the compound or pharmaceutical composition.
  • the kit comprises a first container, wherein the first container includes the compound or pharmaceutical composition.
  • the kit further comprises a second container.
  • the second container includes an excipient (e.g., an excipient for dilution or suspension of the compound or pharmaceutical composition).
  • each of the first or second containers are independently a vial, ampule, bottle, syringe, dispenser package, tube, or inhaler.
  • a kit described herein includes a first container comprising a compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutical composition as described herein.
  • a kit described herein is useful in treating and/or preventing a viral infection, such as a viral infection resulting from Marburg virus.
  • a kit described herein is useful in treating and/or preventing a viral infection, such as a viral infection resulting from dengue virus.
  • a kit described herein is useful in treating and/or preventing a viral infection, such as a viral infection resulting from Chikungunya virus.
  • the kit comprises a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutical composition thereof; and instructions for using the compound or pharmaceutical composition.
  • a kit described herein further includes instructions for using the compound or pharmaceutical composition included in the kit.
  • a kit described herein may also include information as required by a regulatory agency such as the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA).
  • the information included in the kits is prescribing information.
  • kits and instructions provide for treating a viral infection (e.g., infection resulting from a togaviridae family virus (e.g., an alphavirus (e.g., Chikungunya virus, Eastern equine encephalitis, Mayaro virus, Venezuelan equine encephalitis virus, Western equine encephalitis)), a filoviradae family virus (e.g., a Marburgvirus (e.g., Marburg virus, Ravn virus)), human respiratory syncytial virus (i.e., human orthopneumovirus), a flavivirus (e.g., dengue virus, Usutu virus, Japanese encephalitis virus, Powassan virus, yellow fever), a paramyxoviridae family virus (e.g., an orthoparamyxovirinae virus, (e.g., a henipavirus (e.g., Nipah virus), a morbillivirus (e
  • the instructions are for administering the compound or pharmaceutical composition to a subject (e.g., a subject in need of treatment or prevention of a disease described herein).
  • the instructions comprise information required by a regulatory agency, such as the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) or the European Agency for the Evaluation of Medicinal Products (EMA).
  • the instructions comprise prescribing information.
  • FDA U.S. Food and Drug Administration
  • EMA European Agency for the Evaluation of Medicinal Products
  • the instructions comprise prescribing information.
  • Virus dilutions and incubation [00137] Virus dilutions were prepared with infection medium in a 15 or 50 mL conical tube.
  • the virus dilution was poured into a sterile reservoir.100 ⁇ L of the virus dilutions was added to the wells in the 96-well plate and the plates incubated at 37 °C for 2-5 days: 2 days for Chikungunya virus (CHIKV), 3 days for Marburg virus (MARV), and 5 days for dengue virus (DENV).
  • CV Staining [00138] 50 ⁇ L crystal violet solution was added to each well, and fixed/stained for 30-60 minutes at room temperature. The crystal violet stain was removed over the sink and the wells rinsed with tap water. The plates were tapped on absorbent paper and read on a plate reader at 570 nM.
  • Table 2 represents the percentage of inhibition detected for each tested compound (from 2 technical replicates) at the dilution 1 ⁇ M with CHIKV, DENV, and MARV. Table 2. Percent viral inhibition of selected compounds of Formula (I)
  • Example 2 Compound Preparation
  • the compounds of this disclosure may be made by a variety of methods, including well-known standard synthetic methods. Illustrative general synthetic methods are set out below (e.g., see Schemes 1, 2, and 3). The skilled artisan will appreciate that if a substituent described herein is not compatible with the synthetic methods described herein, the substituent may be protected with a suitable protecting group that is stable to the reaction conditions. The protecting group may be removed at a suitable point in the reaction sequence to provide a desired intermediate or target compound. In all of the schemes described below, protecting groups for sensitive or reactive groups are employed where necessary in accordance with general principles of synthetic chemistry. Protecting groups are manipulated according to standard methods of organic synthesis (T.W. Green and P.G.M.
  • Preparative HPLC was performed on a Gilson UV/VIS-156 with UV detection at 220/254 nm Gilson 281 automatic collection.
  • HPLC column commonly used ASB-C 1 821.2 x 150 mm or Phenomenex 21.2 x 150 mm.
  • HPLC Gradient acidic condition, 0.01% HCl or 0.1% formic acid
  • HPLC Gradient used 0-100% acetonitrile with water and corresponding acid, the gradient shape was optimized for individual separations.
  • compounds are isolated in HCl system and thus obtained as HCl salts. However, the compounds can also be isolated and used as the free base.
  • HPLC Gradient basic condition, 0.05% NH 3 .
  • N-((1-((2-((6-Bromopyridin-3-yl)oxy)-6-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)pyridin-4- yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)methyl)acetamide was synthesized according to the following the steps.
  • Step 1 Methyl 2-(benzyloxy)-6-chloroisonicotinate [00148] To a solution of phenylmethanol (15.75 g, 146 mmol) in DMF (500 mL) was added NaH (7.57 g, 189 mmol) at 25 °C. After the mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 0.5 h, methyl 2,6-dichloroisonicotinate (30 g, 146 mmol) in DMF (100 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 12 h.
  • Step 2 Methyl 2-(benzyloxy)-6-(3, 5-dichlorophenyl)isonicotinate
  • Step 3 (2-(Benzyloxy)-6-(3, 5-dichlorophenyl)pyridin-4-yl)methanol
  • methyl 2-(benzyloxy)-6-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)isonicotinate (12 g, 30.9 mmol) in THF (300 mL) was added LiAlH4 (2.35 g, 61.8 mmol) at -78 °C.
  • the mixture was allowed to warm up to 25 °C for 12 h.
  • the reaction was quenched by addition of aqueous NaOH (20%, 10 mL) at 0 °C then was filtered and concentrated.
  • Step 4 (2-(Benzyloxy)-6-(3, 5-dichlorophenyl)pyridin-4-yl)methyl methanesulfonate [00151] To a solution of (2-(benzyloxy)-6-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)pyridin-4-yl)methanol (3.0 g, 8.33 mmol) and DIEA (2.91 mL, 16.66 mmol) in DCM (40 mL) was added MsCl (0.779 mL, 9.99 mmol) at 0 °C. The mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 3 h.
  • Step 5 N-((1-((2-(benzyloxy)-6-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)pyridin-4-yl)methyl)piperidin-4- yl)methyl)acetamide
  • (2-(benzyloxy)-6-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)pyridin-4-yl)methyl methanesulfonate (3.0 g, 6.84 mmol) and K 2 CO 3 (1.892 g, 13.69 mmol)
  • DMF 30 mL
  • N-(piperidin-4-ylmethyl)acetamide 1.069 g, 6.84 mmol
  • Step 6 N-((1-((2-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-6-hydroxypyridin-4-yl)methyl)piperidin-4- yl)methyl)acetamide
  • N-((1-((2-(benzyloxy)-6-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)pyridin-4- yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)methyl)acetamide 2.0 g, 4.01 mmol
  • THF 20 mL
  • concentrated HCl 15 mL, 180 mmol
  • Step 7 N-((1-((2-((6-Bromopyridin-3-yl)oxy)-6-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)pyridin-4- yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)methyl)acetamide
  • N-((1-((2-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-6-hydroxypyridin-4- yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)methyl)acetamide (1 g, 2.449 mmol), 2-bromo-5-fluoropyridine (0.646 g, 3.67 mmol) and Cs 2 CO 3 (3.99 g, 12.25 mmol) in NMP (15 mL) was stirred at 130 °C for 16 h.
  • Example 9 N-((1-((2-(3,5-Dichlorophenyl)-6-((6-(piperazin-1-yl)pyridin-3- yl)oxy)pyridin-4-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)methyl)acetamide, 4 hydrochloride [00155]
  • Example 9 was synthesized according to the following steps.
  • Step 1 tert-Butyl 4-(5-((4-((4-(acetamidomethyl)piperidin-1-yl)methyl)-6-(3,5- dichlorophenyl)pyridin-2-yl)oxy)pyridin-2-yl)piperazine-1-carboxylate
  • a mixture of N-((1-((2-((6-bromopyridin-3-yl)oxy)-6-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)pyridin- 4-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)methyl)acetamide (580 mg, 1.028 mmol), tert-butyl piperazine-1- carboxylate (574 mg, 3.08 mmol), ( ⁇ )-BINAP (12.80 mg, 0.021 mmol), 18-crown-6 (815 mg, 3.08 mmol), Pd2(dba)3 (47.1 mg, 0.051 mmol) and sodium tert-butoxide (296 mg, 3.
  • Step 2 N-((1-((2-(3,5-Dichlorophenyl)-6-((6-(piperazin-1-yl)pyridin-3- yl)oxy)pyridin-4-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)methyl)acetamide, 4 hydrochloride
  • Example 11 3-(4-(5-((4-((4-(Acetamidomethyl)piperidin-1-yl)methyl)-6-(3,5- dichlorophenyl)pyridin-2-yl)oxy)pyridin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)propanoic acid, 4 hydrochloride [00159]
  • Example 11 was synthesized according to the following steps.
  • Step 1 Ethyl 3-(4-(5-((4-((4-((4-(acetamidomethyl)piperidin-1-yl)methyl)-6-(3,5- dichlorophenyl)pyridin-2-yl)oxy)pyridin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)propanoate [00160] To a solution of N-((1-((2-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-6-((6-(piperazin-1-yl)pyridin-3- yl)oxy)pyridin-4-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)methyl)acetamide (20 g, 33.4 mmol) and ethyl 3- bromopropanoate (18.12 g, 100 mmol) in DMF (350 mL) was added K2CO3 (13.83 g, 100 mmol).
  • Step 2 3-(4-(5-((4-((4-(Acetamidomethyl)piperidin-1-yl)methyl)-6-(3,5- dichlorophenyl)pyridin-2-yl)oxy)pyridin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)propanoic acid, 4 hydrochloride
  • ethyl 3-(4-(5-((4-((4-(acetamidomethyl)piperidin-1-yl)methyl)-6- (3,5-dichlorophenyl)pyridin-2-yl)oxy)pyridin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)propanoate 17.6 g, 24.97 mmol
  • LiOH•H2O 2.096 g, 49.9 mmol
  • the disclosure encompasses all variations, combinations, and permutations in which one or more limitations, elements, clauses, and descriptive terms from one or more of the listed claims is introduced into another claim.
  • any claim that is dependent on another claim can be modified to include one or more limitations found in any other claim that is dependent on the same base claim.
  • elements are presented as lists, e.g., in Markush group format, each subgroup of the elements is also disclosed, and any element(s) can be removed from the group. It should it be understood that, in general, where the disclosure, or aspects of the disclosure, is/are referred to as comprising particular elements and/or features, certain embodiments of the disclosure or aspects of the disclosure consist, or consist essentially of, such elements and/or features.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Communicable Diseases (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Oncology (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Virology (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

Provided herein are methods of treating a viral infection in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering to the subject a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutical composition comprising Formula (I). Further provided herein are methods for inhibiting the replication of a virus (e.g., a togaviridae family virus (e.g., an alphavirus (e.g., Chikungunya virus, Eastern equine encephalitis, Mayaro virus, Venezuelan equine encephalitis virus, Western equine encephalitis)), a filoviradae family virus (e.g., a Marburg virus (e.g., Marburg virus, Ravn virus)), human respiratory syncytial virus (i.e., human orthopneumo viru s ), a flavivirus (e.g., dengue virus, Usutu virus, Japanese encephalitis virus, Powassan virus, yellow fever), a paramyxoviridae family virus (e.g., an orthoparamyxovirinae virus (e.g., a henipavims (e.g., Nipah virus), a morbillivims (e.g., measles morbillivirus))) in a subject in need thereof. Also provided herein are methods for treating and/or preventing a disorder due to a microbial toxin (e.g., due to P. aeruginosa exotoxin A, Clostridium septicum alpha-toxin, diphtheria toxin(s), shiga toxin(s)) in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of Formula (I) as described herein. Also provided are pharmaceutical compositions and kits including a compound of Formula (I) for use in the treatment and/or prevention of a viral infection in a subject in need thereof.

Description

USE OF PYRIDYLOXYPYRIDINES FOR TREATING INFECTIOUS DISEASES RELATED APPLICATIONS [0001] The present application claims priority under 35 U.S.C. § 119(e) to U.S. provisional application, U.S.S.N.62/934,444, filed November 12, 2019, which is incorporated herein by reference. BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION [0002] The human genome encodes more than 550 proteases. These molecular scissors play important roles in essentially all physiological processes. Proteolytic cleavage is certainly one of the most important post-translational modifications, generating a plethora of bioactive proteins and peptides with key roles in cell proliferation, immunity, and inflammation. Not surprisingly, mutations in proteases and/or aberrant protease activity are associated with numerous pathological processes including cancer, cardiovascular disorders, and autoimmune diseases (Chakraborti, S., Dhalla N. S.; Pathophysiological Aspects of Proteases. Berlin, Germany: Springer, 2017). Intriguingly, also many viral pathogens exploit cellular proteases for the proteolytic processing and maturation of their own proteins. Similarly, activation of bacterial toxins frequently requires cleavage by proteases of the infected or intoxicated host. [0003] In recent years, modulation of protease activity has therefore emerged as a potential therapeutic approach in a variety of infectious and noninfectious diseases. One particularly promising target for therapeutic intervention is the cellular protease furin. This protease likely cleaves and activates more than 150 mammalian, viral, and bacterial substrates (Tian, S., Huang, Q., Fang, Y. et al. “FurinDB: a database of 20-residue furin cleavage site motifs, substrates and their associated drugs.” Int. J. Mol. Sci.2011; 12:1060-1065.) Among them are viral envelope glycoproteins and bacterial toxins, as well as cellular factors that promote tumor development and growth if they are hyperactivated. [0004] Furin is a member of the evolutionarily ancient family of proprotein convertases. Their similarity with bacterial subtilisin and yeast kexin proteases has coined the abbreviation PCSK (proprotein convertase subtilisin/kexin type). Humans encode nine members of this protease family (PCSK1–9), with PCSK3 representing furin. PCSKs are well known for their ability to activate other cellular proteins. The proteolytic conversion of inactive precursor proteins into bioactive molecules has already been described in the 1960s (Steiner, D.F., Cunningham, D., Spigelman, L. et al. “Insulin biosynthesis: evidence for a precursor.” Science 1967; 157:697–700). However, it took more than 20 years until furin was identified as the first mammalian proprotein convertase (van de Ven, W.J., Voorberg, J., Fontijn, R. et al. “Furin is a subtilisin-like proprotein processing enzyme in higher eukaryotes.” Mol. Biol. Rep.1990; 14: 265-275). To date, more than 200 cellular substrates of PCSKs have been described, including hormones, receptors, growth factors, and adhesion molecules. [0005] Known furin inhibitors are peptidic in nature and derived from the natural substrate motif sequence, or are designed peptidomimetic compounds with lysine and arginine sidechains to enable high affinity binding to furin. A potent peptidic furin inhibitor was identified by incorporating a reactive chloromethyl ketone (CMK) moiety (WO 2009/023306 A2; Garten, W., Hallenberger, S., Ortmann, D., Schafer, W., Vey, M., Angliker, H., et al. Biochimie 1994, 76(3-4), 217-225). This non-selective CMK peptide (Decanoyl-Arg-Val- Lys-Arg-CMK) engages the active site of furin at the catalytic Ser368 residue to give a tetrahedral hemiketal that irreversibly alkylates the His194 residue. This well-known irreversible protease inhibition mechanism of a halomethylketone provides very high and durable potency, however also can account for non-selective protease inhibition, particularly against other PCSK family members. Furin inhibitors have been found to protect macrophages from processing of anthrax (WO 2013/138666 A1) and to restore fluid balance in CF cells (Reihill, J.A., Walker, B., Hamilton, R.A., Ferguson, T.E., Elborn, J.S., Stutts, M.J., et al., “Inhibition of Protease–Epithelial Sodium Channel Signaling Improves Mucociliary Function in Cystic Fibrosis Airways.” Am. J. Respir. Crit. Care Med.2016, 194(6), 701-710). [0006] The reported potent inhibitors of furin are peptide derivatives or peptidomimetics containing polybasic residues in order to achieve high inhibitory potency. As a consequence of the highly basic nature of the inhibitors, reactivity, and peptide structure, their chemical and pharmacokinetics properties limit use as clinical therapeutic agents. Furin plays a diverse biological role in health and diseases with high unmet medical need. Therefore, potent and selective small molecule furin inhibitors with drug-like properties are desirable as an attractive approach to provide therapeutic benefit in many diseases such as infectious diseases. Infectious diseases may be spread from one person to another and are caused by pathogenic microorganisms such as bacteria, viruses, parasites, or fungi. Pathogenicity is the ability of a microbial agent to cause disease, and virulence is the degree to which an organism is pathogenic. In order for viruses to enter host cells and replicate, the envelope glycoproteins must be proteolytically activated (Nakayama K. Biochem. J.1997, 327(3), 625-635). The processing of envelope glycoproteins may in some cases impact viral pathogenicity (Nakayama K. Biochem. J.1997, 327(3), 625-635). The glycoprotein precursors of many virulent viruses, such as human immunodeficiency virus (HIV), avian influenza virus, measles virus, respiratory syncytial virus (RSV), Ebola virus, anthrax, and Zika virus (ZIKV), are cleaved at a site marked by a consensus sequence consistent with furin recognition (Thomas G. Nat. Rev. Mol. Cell. Biol.2002, 3(10), 753-766; 2, 36-38). The cleavage of HIV glycoprotein160 and infectious virus production are blocked when the furin inhibitor α1-PDX is expressed in cells (Nakayama K. Biochem. J.1997, 327(3), 625-635). It is thus conceivable for the therapeutic use of furin inhibitor in a pandemic situation or biological warfare. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION [0007] Provided herein are methods for treating a viral infection (e.g., resulting from a Togaviridae family viruses (e.g., alphaviruses (e.g., Chikungunya virus, Eastern equine encephalitis virus, Mayaro virus, Onyong-nyong virus, Ross River virus, Semliki Forest virus, Sindbis virus, Venezuelan equine encephalitis virus, Western equine encephalitis virus)), flaviviridae family viruses (e.g., flaviviruses (e.g., dengue virus, Japanese encephalitis virus, Kyasanur Forest disease virus, Murray Valley encephalitis virus, Omsk hemorrhagic fever virus, Powassan virus, Rocio encephalitis virus, Saint Louis encephalitis virus, Tick-borne encephalitis virus, West Nile virus, Yellow fever virus, Usutu virus)), paramyxoviridae family viruses (e.g., orthoparamyxovirinae viruses (e.g., respiroviruses (e.g., human respirovirus 1, human respirovirus 3, murine respirovirus), henipaviruses (e.g., Cedar virus, Kumasi virus, Hendra virus, Mojiang virus, Nipah virus), morbilliviruses (e.g., Canine morbillivirus; Cetacean morbillivirus; Feline morbillivirus; Feline morbillivirus 2; Measles morbillivirus; Phocine morbillivirus; Rinderpest morbillivirus; Small ruminant morbillivirus)), filoviradae family viruses (e.g., Marburgviruses (e.g., Marburg virus, Ravn virus)), human respiratory syncytial virus (i.e., Human orthopneumovirus)), comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of Formula (I) as described herein. [0008] Further provided herein are methods for preventing a viral infection (e.g., resulting from a togaviridae family virus (e.g., an alphavirus (e.g., Chikungunya virus, Eastern equine encephalitis, Mayaro virus, Venezuelan equine encephalitis virus, Western equine encephalitis)), a filoviradae family virus (e.g., a Marburgvirus (e.g., Marburg virus, Ravn virus)), human respiratory syncytial virus (i.e., human orthopneumovirus), a flavivirus (e.g., dengue virus, Usutu virus, Japanese encephalitis virus, Powassan virus, yellow fever), a paramyxoviridae family virus (e.g., an orthoparamyxovirinae virus (e.g., a respirovirus (e.g., human respirovirus 1, human respirovirus 3, murine respirovirus), a henipavirus (e.g., Cedar virus, Kumasi virus, Hendra virus, Mojiang virus, Nipah virus), a morbillivirus (e.g., measles morbillivirus))), comprising administering to the subject a prophylactically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of Formula (I) as described herein. [0009] In another aspect, the present disclosure provides methods of decreasing viral infectivity (e.g., infectivity of a virus (e.g., a togaviridae family virus (e.g., an alphavirus (e.g., Chikungunya virus, Eastern equine encephalitis, Mayaro virus, Venezuelan equine encephalitis virus, Western equine encephalitis)), a filoviradae family virus (e.g., a Marburgvirus (e.g., Marburg virus, Ravn virus)), human respiratory syncytial virus (i.e., human orthopneumovirus), a flavivirus (e.g., dengue virus, Usutu virus, Japanese encephalitis virus, Powassan virus, yellow fever), a paramyxoviridae family virus (e.g., an orthoparamyxovirinae virus (e.g., a henipavirus (e.g., Nipah virus), a morbillivirus (e.g., measles morbillivirus))) in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutical composition comprising Formula (I) as described herein. [0010] In another aspect, the pharmaceutical compositions useful in the present disclosure comprise a compound of Formula (I) as described herein, and optionally a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient. [0011] In yet another aspect, the present invention provides compounds of Formula (I), and pharmaceutical compositions thereof, for use in the treatment of a viral infection (e.g., infection from a virus (e.g., a togaviridae family virus (e.g., an alphavirus (e.g., Chikungunya virus, Eastern equine encephalitis, Mayaro virus, Venezuelan equine encephalitis virus, Western equine encephalitis)), a filoviradae family virus (e.g., a Marburgvirus (e.g., Marburg virus, Ravn virus)), human respiratory syncytial virus (i.e., human orthopneumovirus), a flavivirus (e.g., dengue virus, Usutu virus, Japanese encephalitis virus, Powassan virus, yellow fever), a paramyxoviridae family virus (e.g., an orthoparamyxovirinae virus (e.g., a henipavirus (e.g., Nipah virus), a morbillivirus (e.g., measles morbillivirus))) in a subject in need thereof. [0012] In yet another aspect, the present invention provides compounds of Formula (I), and pharmaceutical compositions thereof, for use in the prevention of a viral infection (e.g., infection from a virus (e.g., a togaviridae family virus (e.g., an alphavirus (e.g., Chikungunya virus, Eastern equine encephalitis, Mayaro virus, Venezuelan equine encephalitis virus, Western equine encephalitis)), a filoviradae family virus (e.g., a Marburgvirus (e.g., Marburg virus, Ravn virus)), human respiratory syncytial virus (i.e., human orthopneumovirus), a flavivirus (e.g., dengue virus, Usutu virus, Japanese encephalitis virus, Powassan virus, yellow fever), a paramyxoviridae family virus (e.g., an orthoparamyxovirinae virus (e.g., a henipavirus (e.g., Nipah virus), a morbillivirus (e.g., measles morbillivirus))) in a subject in need thereof. [0013] In another aspect, the present disclosure provides uses of compounds of Formula (I), and pharmaceutical compositions thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for treating a viral infection (e.g., infection from a virus (e.g., a togaviridae family virus (e.g., an alphavirus (e.g., Chikungunya virus, Eastern equine encephalitis, Mayaro virus, Venezuelan equine encephalitis virus, Western equine encephalitis)), a filoviradae family virus (e.g., a Marburgvirus (e.g., Marburg virus, Ravn virus)), human respiratory syncytial virus (i.e., human orthopneumovirus), a flavivirus (e.g., dengue virus, Usutu virus, Japanese encephalitis virus, Powassan virus, yellow fever), a paramyxoviridae family virus (e.g., an orthoparamyxovirinae virus (e.g., a henipavirus (e.g., Nipah virus), a morbillivirus (e.g., measles morbillivirus))) in a subject in need thereof. [0014] In another aspect, the present disclosure provides uses of compounds of Formula (I), and pharmaceutical compositions thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for preventing a viral infection (e.g., infection from a virus (e.g., a togaviridae family virus (e.g., an alphavirus (e.g., Chikungunya virus, Eastern equine encephalitis, Mayaro virus, Venezuelan equine encephalitis virus, Western equine encephalitis)), a filoviradae family virus (e.g., a Marburgvirus (e.g., Marburg virus, Ravn virus)), human respiratory syncytial virus (i.e., human orthopneumovirus), a flavivirus (e.g., dengue virus, Usutu virus, Japanese encephalitis virus, Powassan virus, yellow fever), a paramyxoviridae family virus (e.g., an orthoparamyxovirinae virus (e.g., a henipavirus (e.g., Nipah virus), a morbillivirus (e.g., measles morbillivirus))) in a subject in need thereof. [0015] Provided herein are methods for treating and/or preventing a disorder due to a microbial toxin (e.g., due to P. aeruginosa exotoxin A, Clostridium septicum alpha-toxin, diphtheria toxin(s), shiga toxin(s)) in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of Formula (I) as described herein. [0016] Further provided herein are methods for preventing the activation of a toxin (e.g., P. aeruginosa exotoxin A) in a subject, comprising administering to the subject a prophylactically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of Formula (I) as described herein. [0017] In yet another aspect, the present invention provides compounds of Formula (I), and pharmaceutical compositions thereof, for use in treating and/or preventing a disorder due to a microbial toxin (e.g., P. aeruginosa exotoxin A, Clostridium septicum alpha-toxin, diphtheria toxin(s), shiga toxin(s)) in a subject in need thereof. [0018] In another aspect, the present disclosure provides uses of compounds of Formula (I), and pharmaceutical compositions thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for treating and/or preventing a disorder due to a microbial toxin (e.g., P. aeruginosa toxin A, Clostridium septicum alpha-toxin, diphtheria toxin(s), shiga toxin(s)) in a subject in need thereof. [0019] In certain embodiments, the compounds useful in the present disclosure are of the Formula (I):
Figure imgf000007_0002
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein X, R1, R2, R3, R4, and R5 are as defined herein. [0020] In certain embodiments, the compound of Formula (I) useful in the present disclosure is of the formula:
Figure imgf000007_0001
, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. [0021] Another aspect of the present disclosure relates to kits comprising a container with a compound, or a pharmaceutical composition thereof, as described herein. The kits described herein may include a single dose or multiple doses of the compound or pharmaceutical composition. The kits may be useful in a method of the disclosure. In certain embodiments, the kit further includes instructions for using the compound or pharmaceutical composition. A kit described herein may also include information (e.g. prescribing information) as required by a regulatory agency, such as the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA). [0022] The details of certain embodiments of the disclosure are set forth in the Detailed Description of Certain Embodiments, as described below. Other features, objects, and advantages of the disclosure will be apparent from the Definitions, Examples, and Claims. DEFINITIONS [0023] Terms are used within their ordinary and accepted meanings. The following definitions are meant to clarify, but not limit, the terms defined herein. [0024] Definitions of specific functional groups and chemical terms are described in more detail below. The chemical elements are identified in accordance with the Periodic Table of the Elements, CAS version, Handbook of Chemistry and Physics, 75th Ed., inside cover, and specific functional groups are generally defined as described therein. Additionally, general principles of organic chemistry, as well as specific functional moieties and reactivity, are described in Thomas Sorrell, Organic Chemistry, University Science Books, Sausalito, 1999;Michael B. Smith, March’s Advanced Organic Chemistry, 7th Edition, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York, 2013; Richard C. Larock, Comprehensive Organic Transformations, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York, 2018; and Carruthers, Some Modern Methods of Organic Synthesis, 3rd Edition, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1987. [0025] Compounds described herein can comprise one or more asymmetric centers, and thus can exist in various stereoisomeric forms, e.g., enantiomers and/or diastereomers. For example, the compounds described herein can be in the form of an individual enantiomer, diastereomer or geometric isomer, or can be in the form of a mixture of stereoisomers, including racemic mixtures and mixtures enriched in one or more stereoisomer. Isomers can be isolated from mixtures by methods known to those skilled in the art, including chiral high pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC) and the formation and crystallization of chiral salts; or preferred isomers can be prepared by asymmetric syntheses. See, for example, Jacques et al., Enantiomers, Racemates and Resolutions (Wiley Interscience, New York, 1981); Wilen et al., Tetrahedron 33:2725 (1977); Eliel, E.L. Stereochemistry of Carbon Compounds (McGraw–Hill, NY, 1962); and Wilen, S.H., Tables of Resolving Agents and Optical Resolutions p.268 (E.L. Eliel, Ed., Univ. of Notre Dame Press, Notre Dame, IN 1972). This disclosure also encompasses compounds as individual isomers substantially free of other isomers, and alternatively, as mixtures of various isomers. [0026] In a formula, the bond
Figure imgf000008_0001
is a single bond, the dashed line is a single bond or
Figure imgf000008_0004
absent, and the bond or is a single or double bond.
Figure imgf000008_0002
Figure imgf000008_0003
[0027] Unless otherwise provided, a formula includes compounds that do not include isotopically enriched atoms and also compounds that include isotopically enriched atoms. Compounds that include isotopically enriched atoms may be useful, for example, as analytical tools and/or probes in biological assays. [0028] When a range of values (“range”) is listed, it is intended to encompass each value and sub-range within the range. A range is inclusive of the values at the two ends of the range unless otherwise provided. For example “C1-6 alkyl” is intended to encompass, C1, C2, C3, C4, C5,C6, C1–6, C1–5, C1–4, C1–3, C1–2,C2–6, C2–5, C2–4, C2–3, C3–6, C3–5, C3–4, C4–6, C4–5, and C5–6 alkyl. [0029] The term “aliphatic” refers to alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and carbocyclic groups. Likewise, the term “heteroaliphatic” refers to heteroalkyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, and heterocyclic groups. The term “alkyl” refers to a radical of a straight-chain or branched saturated hydrocarbon group having from 1 to 20 carbon atoms (“C1–20 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 12 carbon atoms (“C1–12 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 10 carbon atoms (“C1–10 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 9 carbon atoms (“C1–9 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 8 carbon atoms (“C1–8 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 7 carbon atoms (“C1–7 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 6 carbon atoms (“C1–6 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 5 carbon atoms (“C1–5 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 4 carbon atoms (“C1–4 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 3 carbon atoms (“C1–3 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 2 carbon atoms (“C1–2 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 carbon atom (“C1 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 2 to 6 carbon atoms (“C2-6 alkyl”). Examples of C1–6 alkyl groups include methyl (C1), ethyl (C2), propyl (C3) (e.g., n- propyl, isopropyl), butyl (C4) (e.g., n-butyl, tert-butyl, sec-butyl, isobutyl), pentyl ( C5) (e.g., n-pentyl, 3-pentanyl, amyl, neopentyl, 3-methyl-2-butanyl, tert-amyl), and hexyl (C6) (e.g., n- hexyl). Additional examples of alkyl groups include n-heptyl (C7), n-octyl (C8), n-dodecyl (C12), and the like. Unless otherwise specified, each instance of an alkyl group is independently unsubstituted (an “unsubstituted alkyl”) or substituted (a “substituted alkyl”) with one or more substituents (e.g., halogen, such as F). In certain embodiments, the alkyl group is an unsubstituted C1–12 alkyl (such as unsubstituted C1–6 alkyl, e.g., −CH3 (Me), unsubstituted ethyl (Et), unsubstituted propyl (Pr, e.g., unsubstituted n-propyl (n-Pr), unsubstituted isopropyl (i-Pr)), unsubstituted butyl (Bu, e.g., unsubstituted n-butyl (n-Bu), unsubstituted tert-butyl (tert-Bu or t-Bu), unsubstituted sec-butyl (sec-Bu or s-Bu), unsubstituted isobutyl (i-Bu)). In certain embodiments, the alkyl group is a substituted C1–12 alkyl (such as substituted C1–6 alkyl, e.g., –CH2F, –CHF2, –CF3, –CH2CH2F, –CH2CHF2, – CH2CF3, or benzyl (Bn)). [0030] “Alkoxy” refers to a group containing an alkyl radical, attached through an oxygen linking atom. The term “(C1-C4)alkoxy” refers to a straight- or branched-chain hydrocarbon radical having at least 1 and up to 4 carbon atoms attached through an oxygen linking atom. Exemplary “(C1-C4)alkoxy” groups include, without limitation, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, s-butoxy, isobutoxy, and t-butoxy. [0031] When the term “alkyl” is used in combination with other substituent groups, such as “halo(C1-C6)alkyl”, “(C3-C6)cycloalkyl(C1-C4)alkyl-”, or “(C1-C4)alkoxy(C2-C4)alkyl-”, the term “alkyl” is intended to encompass a divalent straight or branched-chain hydrocarbon radical, wherein the point of attachment is through the alkyl moiety. The term “halo(C1-C6)alkyl” is intended to mean a radical having one or more halogen atoms, which may be the same or different, at one or more carbon atoms of an alkyl moiety containing from 1 to 6 carbon atoms, which is a straight or branched-chain carbon radical. Examples of “halo(C1-C6)alkyl” groups include, but are not limited to, –CH2F (fluoromethyl), -CHF2 (difluoromethyl), –CF3 (trifluoromethyl), –CCl3 (trichloromethyl), 1,1-difluoroethyl, 2- fluoro-2-methylpropyl, 2,2-difluoropropyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, and hexafluoroisopropyl. Examples of “(C3-C6)cycloalkyl(C1-C4)alkyl-” groups include, but are not limited to, cyclobutylmethyl, cyclopentylmethyl, cyclohexylmethyl, cyclobutylethyl, cyclopentylethyl, and cyclohexylethyl. Examples of “(C1-C4)alkoxy(C2-C4)alkyl-” groups include, but are not limited to, methoxyethyl, methoxyisopropyl, ethoxyethyl, ethoxyisopropyl, isopropoxyethyl, isopropoxyisopropyl, t-butoxyethyl, and t-butoxyisopropyl. [0032] The term “haloalkyl” is a substituted alkyl group, wherein one or more of the –H atoms are independently replaced by a halogen, e.g., fluoro, bromo, chloro, or iodo. “Perhaloalkyl” is a subset of haloalkyl, and refers to an alkyl group wherein all of the –H atoms are independently replaced by a halogen, e.g., fluoro, bromo, chloro, or iodo. In some embodiments, the haloalkyl moiety has 1 to 20 carbon atoms (“C1–20 haloalkyl”). In some embodiments, the haloalkyl moiety has 1 to 10 carbon atoms (“C1–10 haloalkyl”). In some embodiments, the haloalkyl moiety has 1 to 9 carbon atoms (“C1–9 haloalkyl”). In some embodiments, the haloalkyl moiety has 1 to 8 carbon atoms (“C1–8 haloalkyl”). In some embodiments, the haloalkyl moiety has 1 to 7 carbon atoms (“C1–7 haloalkyl”).In some embodiments, the haloalkyl moiety has 1 to 6 carbon atoms (“C1–6 haloalkyl”). In some embodiments, the haloalkyl moiety has 1 to 5 carbon atoms (“C1–5 haloalkyl”). In some embodiments, the haloalkyl moiety has 1 to 4 carbon atoms (“C1–4 haloalkyl”). In some embodiments, the haloalkyl moiety has 1 to 3 carbon atoms (“C1–3 haloalkyl”). In some embodiments, the haloalkyl moiety has 1 to 2 carbon atoms (“C1–2 haloalkyl”). In some embodiments, all of the haloalkyl –H atoms are independently replaced with fluoro to provide a “perfluoroalkyl” group. In some embodiments, all of the haloalkyl –H atoms are independently replaced with chloro to provide a “perchloroalkyl” group. Examples of haloalkyl groups include –CHF2, −CH2F, −CF3, −CH2CF3, −CF2CF3, −CF2CF2CF3, −CCl3, −CFCl2, −CF2Cl, and the like. [0033] The term “heteroalkyl” refers to an alkyl group, which further includes at least one heteroatom (e.g., 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms), such as oxygen, nitrogen, or sulfur within (e.g., inserted between adjacent carbon atoms of) and/or placed at one or more terminal position(s) of the parent chain. In certain embodiments, a heteroalkyl group refers to a saturated group having from 1 to 20 carbon atoms and 1 or more heteroatoms within the parent chain (“heteroC1–20 alkyl”). In certain embodiments, a heteroalkyl group refers to a saturated group having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms and 1 or more heteroatoms within the parent chain (“heteroC1–12 alkyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkyl group is a saturated group having 1 to 11 carbon atoms and 1 or more heteroatoms within the parent chain (“heteroC1–11 alkyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkyl group is a saturated group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms and 1 or more heteroatoms within the parent chain (“heteroC1–10 alkyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkyl group is a saturated group having 1 to 9 carbon atoms and 1 or more heteroatoms within the parent chain (“heteroC1–9 alkyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkyl group is a saturated group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms and 1 or more heteroatoms within the parent chain (“heteroC1–8 alkyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkyl group is a saturated group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms and 1 or more heteroatoms within the parent chain (“heteroC1–7 alkyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkyl group is a saturated group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms and 1 or more heteroatoms within the parent chain (“heteroC1–6 alkyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkyl group is a saturated group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms and 1 or 2 heteroatoms within the parent chain (“heteroC1–5 alkyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkyl group is a saturated group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms and 1or 2 heteroatoms within the parent chain (“heteroC1–4 alkyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkyl group is a saturated group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms and 1 heteroatom within the parent chain (“heteroC1–3 alkyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkyl group is a saturated group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms and 1 heteroatom within the parent chain (“heteroC1–2 alkyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkyl group is a saturated group having 1 carbon atom and 1 heteroatom (“heteroC1 alkyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkyl group is a saturated group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms and 1 or 2 heteroatoms within the parent chain (“heteroC2-6 alkyl”). Unless otherwise specified, each instance of a heteroalkyl group is independently unsubstituted (an “unsubstituted heteroalkyl”) or substituted (a “substituted heteroalkyl”) with one or more substituents. In certain embodiments, the heteroalkyl group is an unsubstituted heteroC1–12 alkyl. In certain embodiments, the heteroalkyl group is a substituted heteroC1–12 alkyl. [0034] The term “alkenyl” refers to a radical of a straight-chain or branched hydrocarbon group having from 2 to 20 carbon atoms and one or more carbon-carbon double bonds (e.g., 1, 2, 3, or 4 double bonds). In some embodiments, an alkenyl group has 2 to 20 carbon atoms (“C2-20 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, an alkenyl group has 2 to 12 carbon atoms (“C2–12 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, an alkenyl group has 2 to 11 carbon atoms (“C2–11 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, an alkenyl group has 2 to 10 carbon atoms (“C2–10 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, an alkenyl group has 2 to 9 carbon atoms (“C2–9 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, an alkenyl group has 2 to 8 carbon atoms (“C2–8 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, an alkenyl group has 2 to 7 carbon atoms (“C2–7 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, an alkenyl group has 2 to 6 carbon atoms (“C2–6 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, an alkenyl group has 2 to 5 carbon atoms (“C2–5 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, an alkenyl group has 2 to 4 carbon atoms (“C2–4 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, an alkenyl group has 2 to 3 carbon atoms (“C2–3 alkenyl”). The one or more carbon-carbon double bonds can be internal (such as in 2-butenyl) or terminal (such as in 1- butenyl). [0035] Examples of C1–4 alkenyl groups include methylidenyl (C1), ethenyl (C2), 1- propenyl (C3), 2-propenyl (C3), 1-butenyl (C4), 2-butenyl (C4), butadienyl (C4), and the like. Examples of C1–6 alkenyl groups include the aforementioned C2-4 alkenyl groups as well as pentenyl (C5), pentadienyl (C5), hexenyl (C6), and the like. Additional examples of alkenyl include heptenyl (C7), octenyl (C8), octatrienyl (C8), and the like. Unless otherwise specified, each instance of an alkenyl group is independently unsubstituted (an “unsubstituted alkenyl”) or substituted (a “substituted alkenyl”) with one or more substituents. In certain embodiments, the alkenyl group is an unsubstituted C1-20 alkenyl. In certain embodiments, the alkenyl group is a substituted C1-20 alkenyl. In an alkenyl group, a C=C double bond for which the stereochemistry is not specified (e.g., −CH=CHCH3 or
Figure imgf000012_0001
) may be in the (E)- or (Z)-configuration. [0036] The term “heteroalkenyl” refers to an alkenyl group, which further includes at least one heteroatom (e.g., 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms) such as oxygen, nitrogen, or sulfur within (e.g., inserted between adjacent carbon atoms of) and/or placed at one or more terminal position(s) of the parent chain. In certain embodiments, a heteroalkenyl group refers to a group having from 2 to 20 carbon atoms, at least one double bond, and 1 or more heteroatoms within the parent chain (“heteroC2–20 alkenyl”). In certain embodiments, a heteroalkenyl group refers to a group having from 2 to 12 carbon atoms, at least one double bond, and 1 or more heteroatoms within the parent chain (“heteroC2–12 alkenyl”). In certain embodiments, a heteroalkenyl group refers to a group having from 2 to 11 carbon atoms, at least one double bond, and 1 or more heteroatoms within the parent chain (“heteroC2–11 alkenyl”). In certain embodiments, a heteroalkenyl group refers to a group having from 2 to 10 carbon atoms, at least one double bond, and 1 or more heteroatoms within the parent chain (“heteroC2–10 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkenyl group has 2 to 9 carbon atoms at least one double bond, and 1 or more heteroatoms within the parent chain (“heteroC2–9 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkenyl group has 2 to 8 carbon atoms, at least one double bond, and 1 or more heteroatoms within the parent chain (“heteroC2–8 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkenyl group has 2 to 7 carbon atoms, at least one double bond, and 1 or more heteroatoms within the parent chain (“heteroC2–7 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkenyl group has 2 to 6 carbon atoms, at least one double bond, and 1 or more heteroatoms within the parent chain (“heteroC2–6 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkenyl group has 2 to 5 carbon atoms, at least one double bond, and 1 or 2 heteroatoms within the parent chain (“heteroC2–5 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkenyl group has 2 to 4 carbon atoms, at least one double bond, and 1 or 2 heteroatoms within the parent chain (“heteroC2–4 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkenyl group has 1 to 3 carbon atoms, at least one double bond, and 1 heteroatom within the parent chain (“heteroC2–3 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, a heteroalkenyl group has 2 to 6 carbon atoms, at least one double bond, and 1 or 2 heteroatoms within the parent chain (“heteroC2–6 alkenyl”). Unless otherwise specified, each instance of a heteroalkenyl group is independently unsubstituted (an “unsubstituted heteroalkenyl”) or substituted (a “substituted heteroalkenyl”) with one or more substituents. In certain embodiments, the heteroalkenyl group is an unsubstituted heteroC2–20 alkenyl. In certain embodiments, the heteroalkenyl group is a substituted heteroC2–20 alkenyl. [0037] The term “alkynyl” refers to a radical of a straight-chain or branched hydrocarbon group having from 2 to 20 carbon atoms and one or more carbon-carbon triple bonds (e.g., 1, 2, 3, or 4 triple bonds) (“C2-20 alkynyl”). In some embodiments, an alkynyl group has 2 to 10 carbon atoms (“C2-10 alkynyl”). In some embodiments, an alkynyl group has 2 to 9 carbon atoms (“C2-9 alkynyl”). In some embodiments, an alkynyl group has 2 to 8 carbon atoms (“C2- 8 alkynyl”). In some embodiments, an alkynyl group has 2 to 7 carbon atoms (“C2-7 alkynyl”). In some embodiments, an alkynyl group has 2 to 6 carbon atoms (“C2-6 alkynyl”). In some embodiments, an alkynyl group has 2 to 5 carbon atoms (“C2-5 alkynyl”). In some embodiments, an alkynyl group has 2 to 4 carbon atoms (“C2-4 alkynyl”). In some embodiments, an alkynyl group has 2 to 3 carbon atoms (“C2-3 alkynyl”). The one or more carbon-carbon triple bonds can be internal (such as in 2-butynyl) or terminal (such as in 1- butynyl). Examples of C2-4 alkynyl groups include, without limitation, methylidynyl (C1), ethynyl (C2), 1-propynyl (C3), 2-propynyl (C3), 1-butynyl (C4), 2-butynyl (C4), and the like. Examples of C2-6 alkenyl groups include the aforementioned C2-4 alkynyl groups as well as pentynyl (C5), hexynyl (C6), and the like. Additional examples of alkynyl include heptynyl (C7), octynyl (C8), and the like. Unless otherwise specified, each instance of an alkynyl group is independently unsubstituted (an “unsubstituted alkynyl”) or substituted (a “substituted alkynyl”) with one or more substituents. In certain embodiments, the alkynyl group is an unsubstituted C2-20 alkynyl. In certain embodiments, the alkynyl group is a substituted C2-20 alkynyl. [0038] The term “carbocyclyl” or “carbocyclic” refers to a radical of a non-aromatic cyclic hydrocarbon group having from 3 to 14 ring carbon atoms (“C3-14 carbocyclyl”) and zero heteroatoms in the non-aromatic ring system. In some embodiments, a carbocyclyl group has 3 to 14 ring carbon atoms (“C3-14 carbocyclyl”). In some embodiments, a carbocyclyl group has 3 to 13 ring carbon atoms (“C3-13 carbocyclyl”). In some embodiments, a carbocyclyl group has 3 to 12 ring carbon atoms (“C3-12 carbocyclyl”). In some embodiments, a carbocyclyl group has 3 to 11 ring carbon atoms (“C3-11 carbocyclyl”). In some embodiments, a carbocyclyl group has 3 to 10 ring carbon atoms (“C3-10 carbocyclyl”). In some embodiments, a carbocyclyl group has 3 to 8 ring carbon atoms (“C3-8 carbocyclyl”). In some embodiments, a carbocyclyl group has 3 to 7 ring carbon atoms (“C3-7 carbocyclyl”). In some embodiments, a carbocyclyl group has 3 to 6 ring carbon atoms (“C3-6 carbocyclyl”). In some embodiments, a carbocyclyl group has 4 to 6 ring carbon atoms (“C4-6 carbocyclyl”). In some embodiments, a carbocyclyl group has 5 to 6 ring carbon atoms (“C5-6 carbocyclyl”). In some embodiments, a carbocyclyl group has 5 to 10 ring carbon atoms (“C5-10 carbocyclyl”). Exemplary C3-6 carbocyclyl groups include cyclopropyl (C3), cyclopropenyl (C3), cyclobutyl (C4), cyclobutenyl (C4), cyclopentyl (C5), cyclopentenyl (C5), cyclohexyl (C6), cyclohexenyl (C6), cyclohexadienyl (C6), and the like. Exemplary C3-8 carbocyclyl groups include the aforementioned C3-6 carbocyclyl groups as well as cycloheptyl (C7), cycloheptenyl (C7), cycloheptadienyl (C7), cycloheptatrienyl (C7), cyclooctyl (C8), cyclooctenyl (C8), bicyclo[2.2.1]heptanyl (C7), bicyclo[2.2.2]octanyl (C8), and the like. Exemplary C3-10 carbocyclyl groups include the aforementioned C3-8 carbocyclyl groups as well as cyclononyl (C9), cyclononenyl (C9), cyclodecyl (C10), cyclodecenyl (C10), octahydro-1H-indenyl (C9), decahydronaphthalenyl (C10), spiro[4.5]decanyl (C10), and the like. Exemplary C3-8 carbocyclyl groups include the aforementioned C3-10 carbocyclyl groups as well as cycloundecyl (C11), spiro[5.5]undecanyl (C11), cyclododecyl (C12), cyclododecenyl (C12), cyclotridecane (C13), cyclotetradecane (C14), and the like. As the foregoing examples illustrate, in certain embodiments, the carbocyclyl group is either monocyclic (“monocyclic carbocyclyl”) or polycyclic (e.g., containing a fused, bridged or spiro ring system such as a bicyclic system (“bicyclic carbocyclyl”) or tricyclic system (“tricyclic carbocyclyl”)) and can be saturated or can contain one or more carbon-carbon double or triple bonds. “Carbocyclyl” also includes ring systems wherein the carbocyclyl ring, as defined above, is fused with one or more aryl or heteroaryl groups wherein the point of attachment is on the carbocyclyl ring, and in such instances, the number of carbons continue to designate the number of carbons in the carbocyclic ring system. Unless otherwise specified, each instance of a carbocyclyl group is independently unsubstituted (an “unsubstituted carbocyclyl”) or substituted (a “substituted carbocyclyl”) with one or more substituents. In certain embodiments, the carbocyclyl group is an unsubstituted C3-14 carbocyclyl. In certain embodiments, the carbocyclyl group is a substituted C3-14 carbocyclyl. [0039] In some embodiments, “carbocyclyl” is a non-aromatic, monocyclic, saturated carbocyclyl group having from 3 to 14 ring carbon atoms (“C3-14 cycloalkyl”). In some embodiments, a cycloalkyl group has 3 to 10 ring carbon atoms (“C3-10 cycloalkyl”). In some embodiments, a cycloalkyl group has 3 to 8 ring carbon atoms (“C3-8 cycloalkyl”). In some embodiments, a cycloalkyl group has 3 to 6 ring carbon atoms (“C3-6 cycloalkyl”). In some embodiments, a cycloalkyl group has 4 to 6 ring carbon atoms (“C4-6 cycloalkyl”). In some embodiments, a cycloalkyl group has 5 to 6 ring carbon atoms (“C5-6 cycloalkyl”). In some embodiments, a cycloalkyl group has 5 to 10 ring carbon atoms (“C5-10 cycloalkyl”). Examples of C5-6 cycloalkyl groups include cyclopentyl (C5) and cyclohexyl (C5). Examples of C3-6 cycloalkyl groups include the aforementioned C5-6 cycloalkyl groups as well as cyclopropyl (C3) and cyclobutyl (C4). Examples of C3-8 cycloalkyl groups include the aforementioned C3-6 cycloalkyl groups as well as cycloheptyl (C7) and cyclooctyl (C8). Unless otherwise specified, each instance of a cycloalkyl group is independently unsubstituted (an “unsubstituted cycloalkyl”) or substituted (a “substituted cycloalkyl”) with one or more substituents. In certain embodiments, the cycloalkyl group is an unsubstituted C3-14 cycloalkyl. In certain embodiments, the cycloalkyl group is a substituted C3-14 cycloalkyl. In certain embodiments, the carbocyclyl includes 0, 1, or 2 C=C double bonds in the carbocyclic ring system, as valency permits. Exemplary “(C3-C6)cycloalkyl” groups include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, and cyclohexyl. [0040] The term “heterocyclyl” or “heterocyclic” refers to a radical of a 3- to 14-membered non-aromatic ring system having ring carbon atoms and 1 to 4 ring heteroatoms, wherein each heteroatom is independently nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur (“3–14 membered heterocyclyl”). In heterocyclyl groups that contain one or more nitrogen atoms, the point of attachment can be a carbon or nitrogen atom, as valency permits. A heterocyclyl group can either be monocyclic (“monocyclic heterocyclyl”) or polycyclic (e.g., a fused, bridged or spiro ring system such as a bicyclic system (“bicyclic heterocyclyl”) or tricyclic system (“tricyclic heterocyclyl”)), and can be saturated or can contain one or more carbon-carbon double or triple bonds. Heterocyclyl polycyclic ring systems can include one or more heteroatoms in one or both rings. [0041] “Heterocyclyl” also includes ring systems wherein the heterocyclyl ring, as defined above, is fused with one or more carbocyclyl groups wherein the point of attachment is either on the carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl ring, or ring systems wherein the heterocyclyl ring, as defined above, is fused with one or more aryl or heteroaryl groups, wherein the point of attachment is on the heterocyclyl ring, and in such instances, the number of ring members continue to designate the number of ring members in the heterocyclyl ring system. Unless otherwise specified, each instance of heterocyclyl is independently unsubstituted (an “unsubstituted heterocyclyl”) or substituted (a “substituted heterocyclyl”) with one or more substituents. In certain embodiments, the heterocyclyl group is an unsubstituted 4–11 membered heterocyclyl. In certain embodiments, the heterocyclyl group is a substituted 4–11 membered heterocyclyl. In certain embodiments, the heterocyclyl is substituted or unsubstituted, 3- to 7-membered, monocyclic heterocyclyl, wherein 1, 2, or 3 atoms in the heterocyclic ring system are independently oxygen, nitrogen, or sulfur, as valency permits. [0042] In some embodiments, a heterocyclyl group is a 5–10 membered non-aromatic ring system having ring carbon atoms and 1–4 ring heteroatoms, wherein each heteroatom is independently nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur (“5–10 membered heterocyclyl”). In some embodiments, a heterocyclyl group is a 5–8 membered non-aromatic ring system having ring carbon atoms and 1–4 ring heteroatoms, wherein each heteroatom is independently nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur (“5–8 membered heterocyclyl”). In some embodiments, a heterocyclyl group is a 5–6 membered non-aromatic ring system having ring carbon atoms and 1–4 ring heteroatoms, wherein each heteroatom is independently nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur (“5–6 membered heterocyclyl”). In some embodiments, the 5–6 membered heterocyclyl group has 1–3 ring heteroatoms, such as nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur. In some embodiments, the 5–6 membered heterocyclyl group has 1–2 ring heteroatoms such as nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur. In some embodiments, the 5–6 membered heterocyclyl group has 1 ring heteroatom such as nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur. [0043] Exemplary 3-membered heterocyclyl groups containing 1 heteroatom include azirdinyl, oxiranyl, and thiiranyl. Exemplary 4-membered heterocyclyl groups containing 1 heteroatom include azetidinyl, oxetanyl, and thietanyl. Exemplary 5-membered heterocyclyl groups containing 1 heteroatom include tetrahydrofuranyl, dihydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, dihydrothiophenyl, pyrrolidinyl, dihydropyrrolyl, and pyrrolyl-2,5- dione. Exemplary 5-membered heterocyclyl groups containing 2 heteroatoms include dioxolanyl, oxathiolanyl and dithiolanyl. Exemplary 5-membered heterocyclyl groups containing 3 heteroatoms include triazolinyl, oxadiazolinyl, and thiadiazolinyl. Exemplary 6- membered heterocyclyl groups containing 1 heteroatom include piperidinyl, tetrahydropyranyl, dihydropyridinyl, and thianyl. Exemplary 6-membered heterocyclyl groups containing 2 heteroatoms include piperazinyl, morpholinyl, dithianyl, and dioxanyl. Exemplary 6-membered heterocyclyl groups containing 3 heteroatoms include triazinyl. Exemplary 7-membered heterocyclyl groups containing 1 heteroatom include azepanyl, oxepanyl and thiepanyl. Exemplary 8-membered heterocyclyl groups containing 1 heteroatom include azocanyl, oxecanyl and thiocanyl. Exemplary bicyclic heterocyclyl groups include indolinyl, isoindolinyl, dihydrobenzofuranyl, dihydrobenzothienyl, tetrahydrobenzofuranyl, tetrahydroindolyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, decahydroquinolinyl, decahydroisoquinolinyl, octahydrochromenyl, octahydroisochromenyl, decahydronaphthyridinyl, decahydro-1,8-naphthyridinyl, octahydropyrrolo[3,2-b]pyrrole, indolinyl, phthalimidyl, naphthalimidyl, chromanyl, chromenyl, 1H-benzo[e][1,4]diazepinyl, 1,4,5,7-tetrahydropyrano[3,4-b]pyrrolyl, 5,6-dihydro-4H-furo[3,2-b]pyrrolyl, 6,7-dihydro- 5H-furo[3,2-b]pyranyl, 5,7-dihydro-4H-thieno[2,3-c]pyranyl, 2,3-dihydro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3- b]pyridinyl, 2,3-dihydrofuro[2,3-b]pyridinyl, 4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridinyl, 4,5,6,7-tetrahydrofuro[3,2-c]pyridinyl, 4,5,6,7-tetrahydrothieno[3,2-b]pyridinyl, 1,2,3,4- tetrahydro-1,6-naphthyridinyl, and the like. [0044] The term “aryl” refers to a radical of a monocyclic or polycyclic (e.g., bicyclic or tricyclic) 4n+2 aromatic ring system (e.g., having 6, 10, or 14 pi electrons shared in a cyclic array) having 6–14 ring carbon atoms and zero heteroatoms provided in the aromatic ring system (“C6-14 aryl”). In some embodiments, an aryl group has 6 ring carbon atoms (“C6 aryl”; e.g., phenyl). In some embodiments, an aryl group has 10 ring carbon atoms (“C10 aryl”; e.g., naphthyl such as 1–naphthyl and 2-naphthyl). In some embodiments, an aryl group has 14 ring carbon atoms (“C14 aryl”; e.g., anthracyl). “Aryl” also includes ring systems wherein the aryl ring, as defined above, is fused with one or more carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl groups wherein the radical or point of attachment is on the aryl ring, and in such instances, the number of carbon atoms continue to designate the number of carbon atoms in the aryl ring system. Unless otherwise specified, each instance of an aryl group is independently unsubstituted (an “unsubstituted aryl”) or substituted (a “substituted aryl”) with one or more substituents. In certain embodiments, the aryl group is an unsubstituted C6- 14 aryl. In certain embodiments, the aryl group is a substituted C6-14 aryl. [0045] “Aralkyl” is a subset of “alkyl” and refers to an alkyl group substituted by an aryl group, wherein the point of attachment is on the alkyl moiety. [0046] The term “heteroaryl” refers to a radical of a 5-14 membered monocyclic or polycyclic (e.g., bicyclic, tricyclic) 4n+2 aromatic ring system (e.g., having 6, 10, or 14 pi electrons shared in a cyclic array) having ring carbon atoms and 1–4 ring heteroatoms provided in the aromatic ring system, wherein each heteroatom is independently nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur (“5-14 membered heteroaryl”). In heteroaryl groups that contain one or more nitrogen atoms, the point of attachment can be a carbon or nitrogen atom, as valency permits. Heteroaryl polycyclic ring systems can include one or more heteroatoms in one or both rings. “Heteroaryl” includes ring systems wherein the heteroaryl ring, as defined above, is fused with one or more carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl groups wherein the point of attachment is on the heteroaryl ring, and in such instances, the number of ring members continue to designate the number of ring members in the heteroaryl ring system. “Heteroaryl” also includes ring systems wherein the heteroaryl ring, as defined above, is fused with one or more aryl groups wherein the point of attachment is either on the aryl or heteroaryl ring, and in such instances, the number of ring members designates the number of ring members in the fused polycyclic (aryl/heteroaryl) ring system. Polycyclic heteroaryl groups wherein one ring does not contain a heteroatom (e.g., indolyl, quinolinyl, carbazolyl, and the like) the point of attachment can be on either ring, e.g., either the ring bearing a heteroatom (e.g., 2-indolyl) or the ring that does not contain a heteroatom (e.g., 5-indolyl). In certain embodiments, the heteroaryl is substituted or unsubstituted, 5- or 6-membered, monocyclic heteroaryl, wherein 1, 2, 3, or 4 atoms in the heteroaryl ring system are independently oxygen, nitrogen, or sulfur. In certain embodiments, the heteroaryl is substituted or unsubstituted, 9- or 10-membered, bicyclic heteroaryl, wherein 1, 2, 3, or 4 atoms in the heteroaryl ring system are independently oxygen, nitrogen, or sulfur. [0047] In some embodiments, a heteroaryl group is a 5-10 membered aromatic ring system having ring carbon atoms and 1–4 ring heteroatoms provided in the aromatic ring system, wherein each heteroatom is independently nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur (“5-10 membered heteroaryl”). In some embodiments, a heteroaryl group is a 5-8 membered aromatic ring system having ring carbon atoms and 1–4 ring heteroatoms provided in the aromatic ring system, wherein each heteroatom is independently nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur (“5-8 membered heteroaryl”). In some embodiments, a heteroaryl group is a 5-6 membered aromatic ring system having ring carbon atoms and 1–4 ring heteroatoms provided in the aromatic ring system, wherein each heteroatom is independently nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur (“5-6 membered heteroaryl”). In some embodiments, the 5-6 membered heteroaryl has 1–3 ring heteroatoms nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur. In some embodiments, the 5-6 membered heteroaryl has 1–2 ring heteroatoms nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur. In some embodiments, the 5- 6 membered heteroaryl has 1 ring heteroatom nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur. Unless otherwise specified, each instance of a heteroaryl group is independently unsubstituted (an “unsubstituted heteroaryl”) or substituted (a “substituted heteroaryl”) with one or more substituents. In certain embodiments, the heteroaryl group is an unsubstituted 5-14 membered heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, the heteroaryl group is a substituted 5-14 membered heteroaryl. [0048] Exemplary 5-membered heteroaryl groups containing 1 heteroatom include pyrrolyl, furanyl, and thiophenyl. Exemplary 5-membered heteroaryl groups containing 2 heteroatoms include imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, and isothiazolyl. Exemplary 5- membered heteroaryl groups containing 3 heteroatoms include triazolyl, oxadiazolyl, and thiadiazolyl. Exemplary 5-membered heteroaryl groups containing 4 heteroatoms include tetrazolyl. Exemplary 6-membered heteroaryl groups containing 1 heteroatom include pyridinyl. Exemplary 6-membered heteroaryl groups containing 2 heteroatoms include pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, and pyrazinyl. Exemplary 6-membered heteroaryl groups containing 3 or 4 heteroatoms include triazinyl and tetrazinyl, respectively. Exemplary 7- membered heteroaryl groups containing 1 heteroatom include azepinyl, oxepinyl, and thiepinyl. Exemplary 5,6-bicyclic heteroaryl groups include indolyl, isoindolyl, indazolyl, benzotriazolyl, benzothiophenyl, isobenzothiophenyl, benzofuranyl, benzoisofuranyl, benzimidazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, benzoxadiazolyl, benzthiazolyl, benzisothiazolyl, benzthiadiazolyl, indolizinyl, and purinyl. Exemplary 6,6-bicyclic heteroaryl groups include naphthyridinyl, pteridinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, cinnolinyl, quinoxalinyl, phthalazinyl, and quinazolinyl. Exemplary tricyclic heteroaryl groups include phenanthridinyl, dibenzofuranyl, carbazolyl, acridinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxazinyl, and phenazinyl. “Heteroaralkyl” is a subset of “alkyl” and refers to an alkyl group substituted by a heteroaryl group, wherein the point of attachment is on the alkyl moiety. [0049] The term “unsaturated bond” refers to a double or triple bond. [0050] The term “unsaturated” or “partially unsaturated” refers to a moiety that includes at least one double or triple bond. [0051] The term “saturated” or “fully saturated” refers to a moiety that does not contain a double or triple bond, e.g., the moiety only contains single bonds. [0052] Affixing the suffix “-ene” to a group indicates the group is a divalent moiety, e.g., alkylene is the divalent moiety of alkyl, alkenylene is the divalent moiety of alkenyl, alkynylene is the divalent moiety of alkynyl, heteroalkylene is the divalent moiety of heteroalkyl, heteroalkenylene is the divalent moiety of heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynylene is the divalent moiety of heteroalkynyl, carbocyclylene is the divalent moiety of carbocyclyl, heterocyclylene is the divalent moiety of heterocyclyl, arylene is the divalent moiety of aryl, and heteroarylene is the divalent moiety of heteroaryl. [0053] A group is optionally substituted unless expressly provided otherwise. The term “optionally substituted” refers to being substituted or unsubstituted. In certain embodiments, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl groups are optionally substituted. “Optionally substituted” refers to a group which may be substituted or unsubstituted (e.g., “substituted” or “unsubstituted” alkyl, “substituted” or “unsubstituted” alkenyl, “substituted” or “unsubstituted” alkynyl, “substituted” or “unsubstituted” heteroalkyl, “substituted” or “unsubstituted” heteroalkenyl, “substituted” or “unsubstituted” heteroalkynyl, “substituted” or “unsubstituted” carbocyclyl, “substituted” or “unsubstituted” heterocyclyl, “substituted” or “unsubstituted” aryl or “substituted” or “unsubstituted” heteroaryl group). In general, the term “substituted” means that at least one –H present on a group is replaced with a permissible substituent, e.g., a substituent which upon substitution results in a stable compound, e.g., a compound which does not spontaneously undergo transformation such as by rearrangement, cyclization, elimination, or other reaction. Unless otherwise indicated, a “substituted” group has a substituent at one or more substitutable positions of the group, and when more than one position in any given structure is substituted, the substituent is either the same or different at each position. The term “substituted” is contemplated to include substitution with all permissible substituents of organic compounds, and includes any of the substituents described herein that results in the formation of a stable compound. Heteroatoms such as nitrogen may have –H substituents and/or any suitable substituent as described herein which satisfy the valencies of the heteroatoms and results in the formation of a stable moiety. This disclosure is not intended to be limited in any manner by the exemplary substituents described herein. [0054] Exemplary carbon atom substituents include halogen, −CN, −NO2, −N3, −SO2H, −SO3H, −OH, −ORaa, −ON(Rbb)2, −N(Rbb)2, −N(Rbb)3+X, −N(ORcc)Rbb, −SH, −SRaa, −SSRcc, −C(=O)Raa, −CO2H, −CHO, −C(ORcc)2, −CO2Raa, −OC(=O)Raa, −OCO2Raa, −C(=O)N(Rbb)2, −OC(=O)N(Rbb)2, −NRbbC(=O)Raa, −NRbbCO2Raa, −NRbbC(=O)N(Rbb)2, −C(=NRbb)Raa, −C(=NRbb)ORaa, −OC(=NRbb)Raa, −OC(=NRbb)ORaa, −C(=NRbb)N(Rbb)2, −OC(=NRbb)N(Rbb)2, −NRbbC(=NRbb)N(Rbb)2, −C(=O)NRbbSO2Raa, −NRbbSO2Raa, −SO2N(Rbb)2, −SO2Raa, −SO2ORaa, −OSO2Raa, −S(=O)Raa, −OS(=O)Raa, −Si(Raa)3, −OSi(Raa)3 −C(=S)N(Rbb)2, −C(=O)SRaa, −C(=S)SRaa, −SC(=S)SRaa, −SC(=O)SRaa, −OC(=O)SRaa, −SC(=O)ORaa, −SC(=O)Raa, −P(=O)(Raa)2, −P(=O)(ORcc)2, −OP(=O)(Raa)2, −OP(=O)(ORcc)2, −P(=O)(N(Rbb)2)2, −OP(=O)(N(Rbb)2)2, −NRbbP(=O)(Raa)2, −NRbbP(=O)(ORcc)2, −NRbbP(=O)(N(Rbb)2)2, −P(Rcc)2, −P(ORcc)2, −P(Rcc)3+X, −P(ORcc)3+X, −P(Rcc)4, −P(ORcc)4, −OP(Rcc)2, −OP(Rcc)3+X, −OP(ORcc)2, −OP(ORcc)3+X, −OP(Rcc)4, −OP(ORcc)4, −B(Raa)2, −B(ORcc)2, −BRaa(ORcc), C1–20 alkyl, C1–20 perhaloalkyl, C1–20 alkenyl, C1–20 alkynyl, heteroC1–20 alkyl, heteroC1–20 alkenyl, heteroC1–20 alkynyl, C3-10 carbocyclyl, 3-14 membered heterocyclyl, C6-14 aryl, and 5-14 membered heteroaryl, wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is independently substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 Rdd groups; wherein X is a counterion; or two geminal hydrogens on a carbon atom are replaced with the group =O, =S, =NN(Rbb)2, =NNRbbC(=O)Raa, =NNRbbC(=O)ORaa, =NNRbbS(=O)2Raa, =NRbb, or =NORcc; each instance of Raa is, independently, C1–20 alkyl, C1– 20 perhaloalkyl, C1–20 alkenyl, C1–20 alkynyl, heteroC1–20 alkyl, heteroC1–20alkenyl, heteroC1– 20alkynyl, C3-10 carbocyclyl, 3-14 membered heterocyclyl, C6-14 aryl, or 5-14 membered heteroaryl; or optionally, two Raa groups are joined to form a 3-14 membered heterocyclyl or 5-14 membered heteroaryl ring, wherein each of the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is independently substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 Rdd groups; each instance of Rbb is independently –H, −OH, −ORaa, −N(Rcc)2, −CN, −C(=O)Raa, −C(=O)N(Rcc)2, −CO2Raa, −SO2Raa, −C(=NRcc)ORaa, −C(=NRcc)N(Rcc)2, −SO2N(Rcc)2, −SO2Rcc, −SO2ORcc, −SORaa, −C(=S)N(Rcc)2, −C(=O)SRcc, −C(=S)SRcc, −P(=O)(Raa)2, −P(=O)(ORcc)2, −P(=O)(N(Rcc)2)2, C1–20 alkyl, C1–20 perhaloalkyl, C1–20 alkenyl, C1–20 alkynyl, heteroC1–20alkyl, heteroC1–20alkenyl, heteroC1–20alkynyl, C3-10 carbocyclyl, 3-14 membered heterocyclyl, C6-14 aryl, or 5-14 membered heteroaryl; or optionally two Rbb groups are joined to form a 3-14 membered heterocyclyl or 5-14 membered heteroaryl ring, wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is independently substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 Rdd groups; each instance of Rcc is, independently, –H, C1–20 alkyl, C1–20 perhaloalkyl, C1–20 alkenyl, C1–20 alkynyl, heteroC1–20 alkyl, heteroC1–20 alkenyl, heteroC1–20 alkynyl, C3-10 carbocyclyl, 3-14 membered heterocyclyl, C6-14 aryl, or 5-14 membered heteroaryl; or optionally two Rcc groups are joined to form a 3-14 membered heterocyclyl or 5-14 membered heteroaryl ring, wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is independently substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 Rdd groups; each instance of Rdd is independently halogen, −CN, −NO2, −N3, −SO2H, −SO3H, −OH, −ORee, −ON(Rff)2, −N(Rff)2, −N(Rff)3 +X, −N(ORee)Rff, −SH, −SRee, −SSRee, −C(=O)Ree, −CO2H, −CO2Ree, −OC(=O)Ree, −OCO2Ree, −C(=O)N(Rff)2, −OC(=O)N(Rff)2, −NRffC(=O)Ree, −NRffCO2Ree, −NRffC(=O)N(Rff)2, −C(=NRff)ORee, −OC(=NRff)Ree, −OC(=NRff)ORee, −C(=NRff)N(Rff)2, −OC(=NRff)N(Rff)2, −NRffC(=NRff)N(Rff)2, −NRffSO2Ree, −SO2N(Rff)2, −SO2Ree, −SO2ORee, −OSO2Ree, −S(=O)Ree, −Si(Ree)3, −OSi(Ree)3, −C(=S)N(Rff)2, −C(=O)SRee, −C(=S)SRee, −SC(=S)SRee, −P(=O)(ORee)2, −P(=O)(Ree)2, −OP(=O)(Ree)2, −OP(=O)(ORee)2, C1–10 alkyl, C1–10 perhaloalkyl, C1–10 alkenyl, C1–10 alkynyl, heteroC1–10alkyl, heteroC1–10alkenyl, heteroC1–10alkynyl, C3-10 carbocyclyl, 3- 10 membered heterocyclyl, C6-10 aryl, or 5-10 membered heteroaryl, wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is independently substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 Rgg groups, or two geminal Rdd substituents can be joined to form =O or =S; wherein X is a counterion; each instance of Ree is, independently, C1–10 alkyl, C1–10 perhaloalkyl, C1–10 alkenyl, C1–10 alkynyl, heteroC1–10 alkyl, heteroC1–10 alkenyl, heteroC1–10 alkynyl, C3-10 carbocyclyl, C6-10 aryl, 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, or 3-10 membered heteroaryl, wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is independently substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 Rgg groups; each instance of Rff is independently –H, C1–10 alkyl, C1–10 perhaloalkyl, C1–10 alkenyl, C1–10 alkynyl, heteroC1–10 alkyl, heteroC1–10 alkenyl, heteroC1–10 alkynyl, C3-10 carbocyclyl, 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, C6-10 aryl or 5-10 membered heteroaryl; or optionally two Rff groups are joined to form a 3-10 membered heterocyclyl or 5-10 membered heteroaryl ring, wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is independently substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 Rgg groups; each instance of Rgg is independently halogen, −CN, −NO2, −N3, −SO2H, −SO3H, −OH, −OC1–6 alkyl, −ON(C1–6 alkyl)2, −N(C1–6 alkyl)2, −N(C1–6 alkyl)3 +X, −NH(C1–6 alkyl)2 +X, −NH2(C1–6 alkyl) +X, −NH3+X, −N(OC1–6 alkyl)(C1–6 alkyl), −N(OH)(C1–6 alkyl), −NH(OH), −SH, −SC1–6 alkyl, −SS(C1–6 alkyl), −C(=O)(C1–6 alkyl), −CO2H, −CO2(C1–6 alkyl), −OC(=O)(C1–6 alkyl), −OCO2(C1–6 alkyl), −C(=O)NH2, −C(=O)N(C1–6 alkyl)2, −OC(=O)NH(C1–6 alkyl), −NHC(=O)( C1–6 alkyl), −N(C1–6 alkyl)C(=O)( C1–6 alkyl), −NHCO2(C1–6 alkyl), −NHC(=O)N(C1–6 alkyl)2, −NHC(=O)NH(C1–6 alkyl), −NHC(=O)NH2, −C(=NH)O(C1–6 alkyl), −OC(=NH)(C1–6 alkyl), −OC(=NH)OC1–6 alkyl, −C(=NH)N(C1–6 alkyl)2, −C(=NH)NH(C1–6 alkyl), −C(=NH)NH2, −OC(=NH)N(C1–6 alkyl)2, −OC(NH)NH(C1–6 alkyl), −OC(NH)NH2, −NHC(NH)N(C1–6 alkyl)2, −NHC(=NH)NH2, −NHSO2(C1–6 alkyl), −SO2N(C1–6 alkyl)2, −SO2NH(C1–6 alkyl), −SO2NH2, −SO2C1–6 alkyl, −SO2OC1–6 alkyl, −OSO2C1–6 alkyl, −SOC1–6 alkyl, −Si(C1–6 alkyl)3, −OSi(C1–6 alkyl)3 −C(=S)N(C1–6 alkyl)2, C(=S)NH(C1–6 alkyl), C(=S)NH2, −C(=O)S(C1–6 alkyl), −C(=S)SC1–6 alkyl, −SC(=S)SC1–6 alkyl, −P(=O)(OC1–6 alkyl)2, −P(=O)(C1–6 alkyl)2, −OP(=O)(C1–6 alkyl)2, −OP(=O)(OC1–6 alkyl)2, C1–10 alkyl, C1–10 perhaloalkyl, C1–10 alkenyl, C1–10 alkynyl, heteroC1–10 alkyl, heteroC1–10 alkenyl, heteroC1–10 alkynyl, C3-10 carbocyclyl, C6-10 aryl, 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, or 5-10 membered heteroaryl; or two geminal Rgg substituents can be joined to form =O or =S; and each X is a counterion. [0055] In certain embodiments, the carbon atom substituents are independently halogen, substituted (e.g., substituted with one or more halogen) or unsubstituted C1-6 alkyl, −ORaa, −SRaa, −N(Rbb)2, –CN, –SCN, –NO2, −C(=O)Raa, −CO2Raa, −C(=O)N(Rbb)2, −OC(=O)Raa, −OCO2Raa, −OC(=O)N(Rbb)2, −NRbbC(=O)Raa, −NRbbCO2Raa, or −NRbbC(=O)N(Rbb)2. In certain embodiments, the carbon atom substituents are independently halogen, substituted (e.g., substituted with one or more halogen) or unsubstituted C1–10 alkyl, −ORaa, −SRaa, −N(Rbb)2, –CN, –SCN, –NO2, −C(=O)Raa, −CO2Raa, −C(=O)N(Rbb)2, −OC(=O)Raa, −OCO2Raa, −OC(=O)N(Rbb)2, −NRbbC(=O)Raa, −NRbbCO2Raa, or −NRbbC(=O)N(Rbb)2, wherein Raa is –H, substituted (e.g., substituted with one or more halogen) or unsubstituted C1–10 alkyl, an oxygen protecting group (e.g., silyl, TBDPS, TBDMS, TIPS, TES, TMS, MOM, THP, t-Bu, Bn, allyl, acetyl, pivaloyl, or benzoyl) when attached to an oxygen atom, or a sulfur protecting group (e.g., acetamidomethyl, t-Bu, 3-nitro-2-pyridine sulfenyl, 2- pyridine-sulfenyl, or triphenylmethyl) when attached to a sulfur atom; and each Rbb is independently –H, substituted (e.g., substituted with one or more halogen) or unsubstituted C1–10 alkyl, or a nitrogen protecting group (e.g., Bn, Boc, Cbz, Fmoc, trifluoroacetyl, triphenylmethyl, acetyl, or Ts). In certain embodiments, the carbon atom substituents are independently halogen, substituted (e.g., substituted with one or more halogen) or unsubstituted C1-6 alkyl, −ORaa, −SRaa, −N(Rbb)2, –CN, –SCN, or –NO2. In certain embodiments, the carbon atom substituents are independently halogen, substituted (e.g., substituted with one or more halogen moieties) or unsubstituted C1–10 alkyl, −ORaa, −SRaa, −N(Rbb)2, –CN, –SCN, or –NO2, wherein Raa is –H, substituted (e.g., substituted with one or more halogen) or unsubstituted C1–10 alkyl, an oxygen protecting group (e.g., silyl, TBDPS, TBDMS, TIPS, TES, TMS, MOM, THP, t-Bu, Bn, allyl, acetyl, pivaloyl, or benzoyl) when attached to an oxygen atom, or a sulfur protecting group (e.g., acetamidomethyl, t-Bu, 3- nitro-2-pyridine sulfenyl, 2-pyridine-sulfenyl, or triphenylmethyl) when attached to a sulfur atom; and each Rbb is independently –H, substituted (e.g., substituted with one or more halogen) or unsubstituted C1–10 alkyl, or a nitrogen protecting group (e.g., Bn, Boc, Cbz, Fmoc, trifluoroacetyl, triphenylmethyl, acetyl, or Ts). [0056] In certain embodiments, the molecular weight of a carbon atom substituent is lower than 250, lower than 200, lower than 150, lower than 100, or lower than 50 g/mol. In certain embodiments, a carbon atom substituent consists of carbon, –H, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, oxygen, sulfur, nitrogen, and/or silicon atoms. In certain embodiments, a carbon atom substituent consists of carbon, –H, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, oxygen, sulfur, and/or nitrogen atoms. In certain embodiments, a carbon atom substituent consists of carbon, –H, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, and/or iodine atoms. In certain embodiments, a carbon atom substituent consists of carbon, –H, fluorine, and/or chlorine atoms. [0057] The term “halo” or “halogen” refers to fluorine (fluoro, −F), chlorine (chloro, −Cl), bromine (bromo, −Br), or iodine (iodo, −I). [0058] The term “hydroxyl” or “hydroxy” refers to the group −OH. The term “substituted hydroxyl” or “substituted hydroxyl,” by extension, refers to a hydroxyl group wherein the oxygen atom directly attached to the parent molecule is substituted with a group other than – H, and includes groups −ORaa, −ON(Rbb)2, −OC(=O)SRaa, −OC(=O)Raa, −OCO2Raa, −OC(=O)N(Rbb)2, −OC(=NRbb)Raa, −OC(=NRbb)ORaa, −OC(=NRbb)N(Rbb)2, −OS(=O)Raa, −OSO2Raa, −OSi(Raa)3, −OP(Rcc)2, −OP(Rcc)3+X, −OP(ORcc)2, −OP(ORcc)3+X, −OP(=O)(Raa)2, −OP(=O)(ORcc)2, or −OP(=O)(N(Rbb))2, wherein X, Raa, Rbb, and Rcc are as defined herein. “Oxo” represents a double-bonded oxygen moiety; for example, if attached directly to a carbon atom forms a carbonyl moiety (C=O). [0059] The term “amino” refers to the group −NH2. The term “substituted amino,” by extension, refers to a monosubstituted amino, a disubstituted amino, or a trisubstituted amino. In certain embodiments, the “substituted amino” is a monosubstituted amino or a disubstituted amino group. [0060] The term “monosubstituted amino” refers to an amino group wherein the nitrogen atom directly attached to the parent molecule is substituted with one –H and one group other than –H, and includes −NH(Rbb), −NHC(=O)Raa, −NHCO2Raa, −NHC(=O)N(Rbb)2, −NHC(=NRbb)N(Rbb)2, −NHSO2Raa, −NHP(=O)(ORcc)2, or −NHP(=O)(N(Rbb)2)2, wherein Raa, Rbb and Rcc are as defined herein, and wherein Rbb of the group −NH(Rbb) is not –H. [0061] The term “disubstituted amino” refers to an amino group wherein the nitrogen atom directly attached to the parent molecule is substituted with two groups other than –H, and includes groups −N(Rbb)2, −NRbb C(=O)Raa, −NRbbCO2Raa, −NRbbC(=O)N(Rbb)2, −NRbbC(=NRbb)N(Rbb)2, −NRbbSO2Raa, −NRbbP(=O)(ORcc)2, or −NRbbP(=O)(N(Rbb)2)2, wherein Raa, Rbb, and Rcc are as defined herein, with the proviso that the nitrogen atom directly attached to the parent molecule is not substituted with –H. [0062] The term “trisubstituted amino” refers to an amino group wherein the nitrogen atom directly attached to the parent molecule is substituted with three groups, and includes −N(Rbb)3 or −N(Rbb)3+X, wherein Rbb and X are as defined herein. [0063] The term “sulfonyl” refers to–SO2N(Rbb)2, –SO2Raa, or –SO2ORaa, wherein Raa and Rbb are as defined herein. [0064] The term “sulfinyl” refers to the group –S(=O)Raa, wherein Raa is as defined herein. [0065] The term “acyl” refers to a group having the general formula −C(=O)RX1, −C(=O)ORX1, −C(=O)−O−C(=O)RX1, −C(=O)SRX1, −C(=O)N(RX1)2, −C(=S)RX1, −C(=S)N(RX1)2, and −C(=S)S(RX1), −C(=NRX1)RX1, −C(=NRX1)ORX1, −C(=NRX1)SRX1, or −C(=NRX1)N(RX1)2, wherein RX1 is –H; halogen; substituted or unsubstituted hydroxyl; substituted or unsubstituted thiol; substituted or unsubstituted amino; substituted or unsubstituted acyl, cyclic or acyclic, substituted or unsubstituted, branched or unbranched aliphatic; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or unsubstituted, branched or unbranched heteroaliphatic; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or unsubstituted, branched or unbranched alkyl; cyclic or acyclic, substituted or unsubstituted, branched or unbranched alkenyl; substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl; substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, aliphaticoxy, heteroaliphaticoxy, alkyloxy, heteroalkyloxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, aliphaticthioxy, heteroaliphaticthioxy, alkylthioxy, heteroalkylthioxy, arylthioxy, heteroarylthioxy, mono- or di- aliphaticamino, mono- or di- heteroaliphaticamino, mono- or di- alkylamino, mono- or di- heteroalkylamino, mono- or di-arylamino, or mono- or di-heteroarylamino; or two RX1 groups taken together form a 5- to 6-membered heterocyclic ring. Exemplary acyl groups include aldehydes (−CHO), carboxylic acids (−CO2H), ketones, acyl halides, esters, amides, imines, carbonates, carbamates, and ureas. Acyl substituents include, but are not limited to, any of the substituents described herein, that result in the formation of a stable moiety (e.g., aliphatic, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroaliphatic, heterocyclic, aryl, heteroaryl, acyl, oxo, imino, thiooxo, cyano, isocyano, amino, azido, nitro, hydroxyl, thiol, halo, aliphaticamino, heteroaliphaticamino, alkylamino, heteroalkylamino, arylamino, heteroarylamino, alkylaryl, arylalkyl, aliphaticoxy, heteroaliphaticoxy, alkyloxy, heteroalkyloxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, aliphaticthioxy, heteroaliphaticthioxy, alkylthioxy, heteroalkylthioxy, arylthioxy, heteroarylthioxy, acyloxy, and the like, each of which may or may not be further substituted). [0066] The term “carbonyl” refers to a group wherein the carbon directly attached to the parent molecule is sp2 hybridized, and is substituted with an oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atom, e.g., ketones (–C(=O)Raa), carboxylic acids (–CO2H), aldehydes (–CHO), esters (–CO2Raa, – C(=O)SRaa, –C(=S)SRaa), amides (–C(=O)N(Rbb)2, –C(=O)NRbbSO2Raa, −C(=S)N(Rbb)2), or imines (–C(=NRbb)Raa, –C(=NRbb)ORaa), –C(=NRbb)N(Rbb)2), wherein Raa and Rbb are as defined herein. [0067] As used herein, the term “optionally” means that the subsequently described event(s) may or may not occur, and includes both event(s) that occur and event(s) that do not occur. [0068] The terms “treatment,” “treat,” and “treating” refer to reversing, alleviating, delaying the onset of, or inhibiting the progress of a “pathological condition” (e.g., an infectious disease, or one or more signs or symptoms thereof) as described herein. In some embodiments, treatment may be administered after one or more signs or symptoms have developed or have been observed. In other embodiments, treatment may be administered in the absence of signs or symptoms of the disease or condition. For example, treatment may be administered to a susceptible individual prior to the onset of symptoms (e.g., in light of a history of symptoms and/or in light of genetic or other susceptibility factors). Treatment may also be continued after symptoms have resolved, for example, to delay or prevent recurrence. [0069] The term “prevent,” “preventing,” or “prevention” refers to a prophylactic treatment of a subject who is not and/or was not with a disease but is at risk of developing the disease or who was with a disease, is not with the disease, but is at risk of regression of the disease. In certain embodiments, the subject is at a higher risk of developing the disease or at a higher risk of regression of the disease than an average healthy member of a population. [0070] As used herein, the term “effective amount” means that amount of a drug or pharmaceutical agent that will elicit the biological or medical response of a tissue, system, animal, or human that is being sought, for instance, by a researcher or clinician. The term “therapeutically effective amount” means any amount which, as compared to a corresponding subject who has not received such amount, results in improved treatment, healing, or amelioration of a disease, disorder, or side effect, or a decrease in the rate of advancement of a disease or disorder. The term also includes within its scope amounts effective to enhance normal physiological function. For use in therapy, therapeutically effective amounts of a compound of Formula (I), as well as salts thereof, may be administered as the raw chemical. For use in therapy, therapeutically effective amounts of a compound of Formula (I-a), as well as salts thereof, may be administered as the raw chemical. Additionally, the active ingredient may be presented as a pharmaceutical composition. [0071] The term “inhibition,” “inhibiting,” “inhibit,” or “inhibitor” refer to the ability of a compound to reduce, slow, halt, or prevent activity of a particular biological process (e.g., furin activity, viral infectivity, viral replication, toxin activation and/or activity) in a subject relative to vehicle. [0072] A “subject” to which administration is contemplated includes, but is not limited to, humans (i.e., a male or female of any age group, e.g., a pediatric subject (e.g., infant, child, adolescent) or adult subject (e.g., young adult, middle–aged adult, or senior adult)). In certain embodiments, the animal is a mammal. The animal may be a male or female and at any stage of development. [0073] The terms “administer,” “administering,” or “administration,” refers to implanting, absorbing, ingesting, injecting, inhaling, or otherwise introducing a compound, or a pharmaceutical composition thereof to a subject. [0074] The term “microbial toxin” refers to any toxin generated by a micro-organism (e.g., a bacteria). In certain embodiments, a microbial toxin is P. aeruginosa toxin A. In certain embodiments, the microbial toxin is Clostridium septicum alpha-toxin. In certain embodiments, the microbial toxin is a diphtheria toxin. In certain embodiments, the microbial toxin is a shiga toxin (e.g., Stx1 or Stx2). DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN EMBODIMENTS OF THE INVENTION [0075] The present disclosure provides methods for the treatment and/or prevention of a range of viral infections including, but not limited to, infections caused by togaviridae family viruses (e.g., alphaviruses (e.g., Chikungunya virus, eastern equine encephalitis virus, Mayaro virus, Onyong-nyong virus, Ross River virus, Semliki Forest virus, Sindbis virus, Venezuelan equine encephalitis virus, western equine encephalitis virus)), flaviviridae family viruses (e.g., flaviviruses (e.g., dengue virus, Japanese encephalitis virus, Kyasanur Forest disease virus, Murray Valley encephalitis virus, Omsk hemorrhagic fever virus, Powassan virus, Rocio encephalitis virus, Saint Louis encephalitis virus, Tick-borne encephalitis virus, West Nile virus, Yellow fever virus, Usutu virus)), paramyxoviridae family viruses (e.g., orthoparamyxovirinae viruses (e.g., respiroviruses (e.g., human respirovirus 1, human respirovirus 3, murine respirovirus), henipaviruses (e.g., Cedar virus, Kumasi virus, Hendra virus, Mojiang virus, Nipah virus), morbilliviruses (e.g., Canine morbillivirus; Cetacean morbillivirus; Feline morbillivirus; Feline morbillivirus 2; Measles morbillivirus; Phocine morbillivirus; Rinderpest morbillivirus; Small ruminant morbillivirus)), filoviradae family viruses (e.g., Marburgviruses (e.g., Marburg virus, Ravn virus)), human respiratory syncytial virus (i.e., Human orthopneumovirus)), comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of Formula (I) as described herein. [0076] Further provided herein are methods for inhibiting the replication of a virus (e.g., an alphavirus (e.g., Chikungunya virus, Eastern equine encephalitis, Mayaro virus, Venezuelan equine encephalitis virus, Western equine encephalitis)), a filoviradae family virus (e.g., a Marburgvirus (e.g., Marburg virus, Ravn virus)), human respiratory syncytial virus (i.e., human orthopneumovirus), a flavivirus (e.g., dengue virus, Usutu virus, Japanese encephalitis virus, Powassan virus, yellow fever), a paramyxoviridae family virus (e.g., an orthoparamyxovirinae virus (e.g., a henipavirus (e.g., Nipah virus), a morbillivirus (e.g., measles morbillivirus))) in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of Formula (I) as described herein. [0077] In certain embodiments, the present disclosure provides methods for the treatment and/or prevention of viral infections caused by togaviridae family viruses, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of Formula (I) as described herein. In certain embodiments, the provided methods are for the treatment and/or prevention of viral infections caused by togaviridae family viruses. In certain embodiments, the provided methods are for the treatment and/or prevention of viral infections caused by alphaviruses. In certain embodiments, the provided methods are for the treatment and/or prevention of viral infections caused by Chikungunya virus, eastern equine encephalitis virus, mayaro virus, onyong-nyong virus, Ross River virus, Semliki Forest virus, sindbis virus, Venezuelan equine encephalitis virus, western equine encephalitis virus. In certain embodiments, the present disclosure provides methods for the treatment and/or prevention of viral infections caused by Chikungunya virus. [0078] In certain embodiments, the provided methods are for the treatment and/or prevention of flaviviruses. In certain embodiments, the provided methods are for the treatment and/or prevention of dengue virus, Japanese encephalitis virus, Kyasanur Forest disease virus, Murray Valley encephalitis virus, omsk hemorrhagic fever virus, Powassan virus, Rocio encephalitis virus, Saint Louis encephalitis virus, Tick-borne encephalitis virus, West Nile virus, and/or yellow fever virus. In certain embodiments, the provided methods are for the treatment and/or prevention of dengue virus. In certain embodiments, the provided methods are for the treatment and/or prevention of Usutu virus. In certain embodiments, the provided methods are for the treatment and/or prevention of Japanese encephalitis virus. In certain embodiments, the provided methods are for the treatment and/or prevention of Powassan virus. In certain embodiments, the provided methods are for the treatment and/or prevention of yellow fever. [0079] In certain embodiments, the present disclosure provides methods for the treatment and/or prevention of viral infections caused by filoviradae family viruses, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of Formula (I) as described herein. In certain embodiments, the provided methods are for the treatment and/or prevention of Marburgviruses. In certain embodiments, the provided methods are for the treatment and/or prevention of Marburg Virus and Ravn Virus. In certain embodiments, the provided methods for the treatment and/or prevention of Marburg virus. [0080] In certain embodiments, the present disclosure provides methods for the treatment and/or prevention of viral infections caused by paramyxoviridae family viruses, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of Formula (I) as described herein. In certain embodiments, the provided methods are for the treatment and/or prevention of a orthoparamyxovirinae virus. In certain embodiments, the provided methods are for the treatment and/or prevention of a respirovirus. In certain embodiments, the provided methods are for the treatment and/or prevention of human respirovirus 1 (i.e., human parainfluenza virus type 1). In certain embodiments, the provided methods are for the treatment and/or prevention of human respirovirus 3 (i.e., human parainfluenza virus type 3). In certain embodiments, the provided methods are for the treatment and/or prevention of murine respirovirus (i.e., murine parainfluenza virus type 1). In certain embodiments, the provided methods are for the treatment and/or prevention of a henipavirus. In certain embodiments, the provided methods are for the treatment and/or prevention of Cedar virus (i.e., Cedar henipavirus). In certain embodiments, the provided methods are for the treatment and/or prevention of Kumasi virus (i.e., Ghanaian bat henipavirus). In certain embodiments, the provided methods are for the treatment and/or prevention of Hendra virus (i.e., Hendra henipavirus). In certain embodiments, the provided methods are for the treatment and/or prevention of Mojiang virus (i.e., Mojiang virus). In certain embodiments, the provided methods are for the treatment and/or prevention of Nipah virus. In certain embodiments, the provided methods are for the treatment and/or prevention of morbilliviruses. In certain embodiments, the provided methods are for the treatment and/or prevention of Canine morbillivirus, Cetacean morbillivirus, Feline morbillivirus, Feline morbillivirus 2, Measles morbillivirus, Phocine morbillivirus, Rinderpest morbillivirus, and/or Small ruminant morbillivirus. In certain embodiments, the provided methods are for the treatment and/or prevention of Measles morbillivirus. [0081] In another aspect, the present disclosure provides methods of treating a viral infection (e.g., infections resulting from togaviridae family viruses (e.g., alphaviruses (e.g., Chikungunya virus)), filoviradae family viruses (e.g., Marburgviruses (e.g., Marburg virus, Ravn virus)), human respiratory syncytial virus (i.e., Human orthopneumovirus), a flavivirus (e.g., dengue virus)) in a subject in need thereof, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof an effective amount (e.g., therapeutically effective amount) of a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of Formula (I) as described herein. In certain embodiments, provided herein are methods of treating viral infections resulting from Chikungunya virus. In certain embodiments, provided herein are methods of treating viral infections resulting from dengue virus. In certain embodiments, provided herein are methods of treating viral infections resulting from Chikungunya virus. In certain embodiments, provided herein are methods of treating viral infections resulting from eastern equine encephalitis. In certain embodiments, provided herein are methods of treating viral infections resulting from mayaro virus. In certain embodiments, provided herein are methods of treating viral infections resulting from Venezuelan equine encephalitis virus. In certain embodiments, provided herein are methods of treating a viral infections resulting from western equine encephalitis. [0082] In another aspect, the present disclosure provides methods of preventing a viral infection in a subject in need thereof, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof an effective amount (e.g., a prophylactically effective amount) of a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutical composition comprising Formula (I) as described herein. In certain embodiments, provided herein are methods of preventing viral infections resulting from Chikungunya virus. In certain embodiments, provided herein are methods of preventing viral infections resulting from dengue virus. In certain embodiments, provided herein are methods of preventing viral infections resulting from Chikungunya virus. [0083] In another aspect, the present disclosure provides methods of inhibiting the replication of a virus (e.g., a togaviridae family virus (e.g., an alphavirus (e.g., Chikungunya virus, Eastern equine encephalitis, Mayaro virus, Venezuelan equine encephalitis virus, Western equine encephalitis)), a filoviradae family virus (e.g., a Marburgvirus (e.g., Marburg virus, Ravn virus)), human respiratory syncytial virus (i.e., human orthopneumovirus), a flavivirus (e.g., dengue virus, Usutu virus, Japanese encephalitis virus, Powassan virus, yellow fever), a paramyxoviridae family virus (e.g., an orthoparamyxovirinae virus, (e.g., a henipavirus (e.g., Nipah virus), a morbillivirus (e.g., measles morbillivirus))) in a subject in need thereof, the method comprising administering to the subject in need thereof an effective amount of a compound described herein, or a pharmaceutical composition described herein. In certain embodiments, the provided methods are for inhibiting the replication of Chikungunya virus in a subject in need thereof. In certain embodiments, the provided methods are for inhibiting the replication of Marburg virus in a subject in need thereof. In certain embodiments, the provided methods are for inhibiting the replication of dengue virus in a subject in need thereof. [0084] Provided herein are methods of inhibiting the replication of a virus (e.g., a togaviridae family virus (e.g., an alphavirus (e.g., Chikungunya virus, Eastern equine encephalitis, Mayaro virus, Venezuelan equine encephalitis virus, Western equine encephalitis)), a filoviradae family virus (e.g., a Marburgvirus (e.g., Marburg virus, Ravn virus)), human respiratory syncytial virus (i.e., human orthopneumovirus), a flavivirus (e.g., dengue virus, Usutu virus, Japanese encephalitis virus, Powassan virus, yellow fever), a paramyxoviridae family virus (e.g., an orthoparamyxovirinae virus, (e.g., a henipavirus (e.g., Nipah virus), a morbillivirus (e.g., measles morbillivirus))) in a subject in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In certain embodiments, provided herein are methods of inhibiting the replication of a virus in a subject by at least 1%, at least 3%, at least 10%, at least 20%, at least 30%, at least 40%, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, or at least 90%. In certain embodiments, the replication of a virus in a subject is inhibited by at least 1%, at least 3%, at least 10%, at least 20%, at least 30%, at least 40%, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, or at least 90%. In certain embodiments, provided herein are methods of inhibiting the replication of a virus in a subject by at least 30%. In certain embodiments, provided herein are methods of inhibiting the replication of a virus in a subject by at least 50%. In certain embodiments, provided herein are methods of inhibiting the replication of a virus in a subject by at least 75%. [0085] In another aspect, the present disclosure provides methods of decreasing viral infectivity (e.g., infectivity of a virus (e.g., a togaviridae family virus (e.g., an alphavirus (e.g., Chikungunya virus, Eastern equine encephalitis, Mayaro virus, Venezuelan equine encephalitis virus, Western equine encephalitis)), a filoviradae family virus (e.g., a Marburgvirus (e.g., Marburg virus, Ravn virus)), human respiratory syncytial virus (i.e., human orthopneumovirus), a flavivirus (e.g., dengue virus, Usutu virus, Japanese encephalitis virus, Powassan virus, yellow fever), a paramyxoviridae family virus (e.g., an orthoparamyxovirinae virus, (e.g., a henipavirus (e.g., Nipah virus), a morbillivirus (e.g., measles morbillivirus))) in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutical composition comprising Formula (I) as described herein. In certain embodiments, the present disclosure provides methods of decreasing viral infectivity of Chikungunya virus in a subject. In certain embodiments, the present disclosure provides methods of decreasing viral infectivity of dengue virus in a subject. In certain embodiments, the present disclosure provides methods of decreasing viral infectivity of Marburg virus in a subject. [0086] In another aspect, the present disclosure provides compounds of Formula (I) and pharmaceutical compositions described herein for use in treating and/or preventing a viral infection including, but not limited to, infections caused by togaviridae family viruses (e.g., alphaviruses (e.g., Chikungunya virus, eastern equine encephalitis virus, Mayaro virus, Onyong-nyong virus, Ross River virus, Semliki Forest virus, Sindbis virus, Venezuelan equine encephalitis virus, western equine encephalitis virus)), flaviviridae family viruses (e.g., flaviviruses (e.g., dengue virus, Japanese encephalitis virus, Kyasanur Forest disease virus, Murray Valley encephalitis virus, Omsk hemorrhagic fever virus, Powassan virus, Rocio encephalitis virus, Saint Louis encephalitis virus, Tick-borne encephalitis virus, West Nile virus, Yellow fever virus, Usutu virus)), filoviradae family viruses (e.g., Marburgviruses (e.g., Marburg virus, Ravn virus)) human respiratory syncytial virus (i.e., Human orthopneumovirus)), comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of Formula (I) as described herein. [0087] In another aspect, the present disclosure provides compounds of Formula (I) and pharmaceutical compositions described herein for use in treating and/or preventing a viral infection including, but not limited to, infections caused by a virus (e.g., a togaviridae family virus (e.g., an alphavirus (e.g., Chikungunya virus, Eastern equine encephalitis, Mayaro virus, Venezuelan equine encephalitis virus, Western equine encephalitis)), a filoviradae family virus (e.g., a Marburgvirus (e.g., Marburg virus, Ravn virus)), human respiratory syncytial virus (i.e., human orthopneumovirus), a flavivirus (e.g., dengue virus, Usutu virus, Japanese encephalitis virus, Powassan virus, yellow fever), a paramyxoviridae family virus (e.g., an orthoparamyxovirinae virus, (e.g., a henipavirus (e.g., Nipah virus), a morbillivirus (e.g., measles morbillivirus))) in a subject in need thereof. In certain embodiments, the present disclosure provides compounds of Formula (I) and pharmaceutical compositions described herein for use in treating and/or preventing a viral infection caused by Chikungunya virus in a subject in need thereof. In certain embodiments, the present disclosure provides compounds of Formula (I) and pharmaceutical compositions described herein for use in treating and/or preventing a viral infection caused by Marburg virus in a subject in need thereof. In certain embodiments, the present disclosure provides compounds of Formula (I) and pharmaceutical compositions described herein for use in treating and/or preventing a viral infection caused by dengue virus in a subject in need thereof. [0088] In another aspect, the present disclosure provides uses of compounds of Formula (I) and pharmaceutical compositions described herein in the manufacture of a medicament for treating a viral infection (e.g., viral infections resulting from a togaviridae family virus (e.g., an alphavirus (e.g., Chikungunya virus, Eastern equine encephalitis, Mayaro virus, Venezuelan equine encephalitis virus, Western equine encephalitis)), a filoviradae family virus (e.g., a Marburgvirus (e.g., Marburg virus, Ravn virus)), human respiratory syncytial virus (i.e., human orthopneumovirus), a flavivirus (e.g., dengue virus, Usutu virus, Japanese encephalitis virus, Powassan virus, yellow fever), a paramyxoviridae family virus (e.g., an orthoparamyxovirinae virus, (e.g., a henipavirus (e.g., Nipah virus), a morbillivirus (e.g., measles morbillivirus))) in a subject in need thereof. In certain embodiments, the present disclosure provides uses of compounds of Formula (I) and pharmaceutical compositions described herein in the manufacture of a medicament for treating viral infections resulting from Chikungunya virus in a subject in need thereof. In certain embodiments, the present disclosure provides uses of compounds of Formula (I) and pharmaceutical compositions described herein in the manufacture of a medicament for treating a viral infection resulting from dengue virus in a subject in need thereof. In certain embodiments, the present disclosure provides uses of compounds of Formula (I) and pharmaceutical compositions described herein in the manufacture of a medicament for treating Marburg virus in a subject in need thereof. [0089] In another aspect, the present disclosure provides uses of compounds of Formula (I) and pharmaceutical compositions described herein in the manufacture of a medicament for preventing a viral infection (e.g., infection resulting from a togaviridae family virus (e.g., an alphavirus (e.g., Chikungunya virus, Eastern equine encephalitis, Mayaro virus, Venezuelan equine encephalitis virus, Western equine encephalitis)), a filoviradae family virus (e.g., a Marburgvirus (e.g., Marburg virus, Ravn virus)), human respiratory syncytial virus (i.e., human orthopneumovirus), a flavivirus (e.g., dengue virus, Usutu virus, Japanese encephalitis virus, Powassan virus, yellow fever), a paramyxoviridae family virus (e.g., an orthoparamyxovirinae virus, (e.g., a henipavirus (e.g., Nipah virus), a morbillivirus (e.g., measles morbillivirus))) in a subject in need thereof. In another aspect, the present disclosure provides uses of compounds of Formula (I) and pharmaceutical compositions described herein in the manufacture of a medicament for preventing Chikungunya virus in a subject in need thereof. In another aspect, the present disclosure provides uses of compounds of Formula (I) and pharmaceutical compositions described herein in the manufacture of a medicament for preventing Marburg virus in a subject in need thereof. In another aspect, the present disclosure provides uses of compounds of Formula (I) and pharmaceutical compositions described herein in the manufacture of a medicament for preventing a viral infection caused by dengue virus in a subject in need thereof. [0090] In certain embodiments, the virus is a togaviridae family virus. In certain embodiments, the togaviridae family virus is an alphavirus. In certain embodiments, the alphavirus is Chikungunya virus, eastern equine encephalitis virus, Mayaro virus, Onyong- nyong virus, Ross River virus, Semliki Forest virus, Sindbis virus, Venezuelan equine encephalitis virus, or Western equine encephalitis virus. In certain embodiments, the alphavirus is dengue virus. [0091] In certain embodiments, the virus is a paramyxoviridae family virus. In certain embodiments, the paramyxoviridae family virus is an orthoparamyxovirinae virus. In certain embodiments, the orthoparamyxovirinae virus is a henipavirus. In certain embodiments, the henipavirus is Nipah virus (i.e., Nipah henipavirus). In certain embodiments, the henipavirus is Cedar virus (i.e., Cedar henipavirus). In certain embodiments, the henipavirus is Kumasi virus (i.e., Ghanaian bat henipavirus). In certain embodiments, the henipavirus Hendra virus (i.e., Hendra henipavirus). In certain embodiments, the henipavirus is Mojiang virus (i.e., Mojiang henipavirus). In certain embodiments, the orthoparamyxovirinae virus is a respirovirus. In certain embodiments, the respirovirus is human respirovirus 1 (i.e., murine parainfluenza virus type 1). In certain embodiments, the respirovirus is human respirovirus 3 (i.e., murine parainfluenza virus type 3). In certain embodiments, the respirovirus is murine respirovirus (i.e., murine parainfluenza virus type 1). In certain embodiments, the paramyxoviridae family virus is a morbillivirus. In certain embodiments, the morbillivirus is a Canine morbillivirus, Cetacean morbillivirus, Feline morbillivirus, Feline morbillivirus 2, Measles morbillivirus, Phocine morbillivirus, Rinderpest morbillivirus, or Small ruminant morbillivirus. In certain embodiments, the morbillivirus is Measles morbillivirus (i.e., measles). [0092] In certain embodiments, the virus is a flaviviridae family virus. In certain embodiments, the flaviviridae family virus is a flavivirus. In certain embodiments, the flavivirus is dengue virus, Japanese encephalitis virus, Kyasanur Forest disease virus, Murray Valley encephalitis virus, Omsk hemorrhagic fever virus, Powassan virus, Rocio encephalitis virus, Saint Louis encephalitis virus, Tick-borne encephalitis virus, West Nile virus, or Yellow fever virus. In certain embodiments, the flavivirus is dengue virus. [0093] In certain embodiments, the virus us a filoviradae family virus. In certain embodiments, the filoviradae family virus is a Marburgvirus. In certain embodiments, the Marburgvirus is Marburg Virus, or Ravn Virus. In certain embodiments, the Marburgvirus is Marburg virus. Virus. In certain embodiments, the Marburgvirus is Ravn virus. [0094] Without wishing to be bound by any theory, in certain embodiments the compounds of Formula (I) useful in the methods and uses of this disclosure prevents or inhibits the furin- mediated processing of viral precursor protein E3E2, which prevents or inhibits viral fusion and infection. [0095] Without wishing to be bound by any theory, in certain embodiments the compounds of Formula (I) useful in the methods and uses of this disclosure prevents or inhibits the furin- mediated cleavage of the virion premembrane (prM). Cleavage of prM is the defining event in flavivirus maturation and is a required step in the virus infection cycle. Thus, inhibition of prM cleavage prevents or inhibits viral infectivity. [0096] Without wishing to be bound by any theory, in certain embodiments the compounds of Formula (I) useful in the methods and uses of this disclosure inhibits viral fusion by cleaving the glycoproteins of a virus. [0097] Also provided herein are methods for treating and/or preventing a disorder due to a microbial toxin (e.g., P. aeruginosa toxin A, Clostridium septicum alpha-toxin, diphtheria toxin(s), shiga toxin(s)) in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I). [0098] Further provided herein are methods for preventing the activation of a toxin (e.g., P. aeruginosa toxin A, Clostridium septicum alpha-toxin, diphtheria toxin(s), shiga toxin(s)) in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I). [0099] In certain embodiments, provided are methods of decreasing the activity of a toxin (e.g., P. aeruginosa toxin A, Clostridium septicum alpha-toxin, diphtheria toxin(s), shiga toxin(s)) in a subject by at least 1%, at least 3%, at least 10%, at least 20%, at least 30%, at least 40%, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, or at least 90%. In certain embodiments, the activity of a toxin (e.g., P. aeruginosa toxin A, Clostridium septicum alpha-toxin, diphtheria toxin(s), shiga toxin(s)) in a subject is decreased by at least 1%, at least 3%, at least 10%, at least 20%, at least 30%, at least 40%, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, or at least 90%. In some embodiments, the activity of a toxin (e.g., P. aeruginosa toxin A, Clostridium septicum alpha-toxin, diphtheria toxin(s), shiga toxin(s)) in a subject is selectively decreased by a compound of Formula (I) or pharmaceutical composition described herein. [00100] In another aspect, the present disclosure provides compounds of Formula (I) and pharmaceutical compositions described herein for use in treating and/or preventing a disorder due to a microbial toxin (e.g., P. aeruginosa toxin A, Clostridium septicum alpha-toxin, diphtheria toxin(s), shiga toxin(s)) in a subject in need thereof. [00101] In another aspect, the present disclosure provides uses of compounds of Formula (I) and pharmaceutical compositions described herein in the manufacture of a medicament for treating and/or preventing a disorder due to a microbial toxin (e.g., P. aeruginosa toxin A, Clostridium septicum alpha-toxin, diphtheria toxin(s), shiga toxin(s)) in a subject in need thereof. [00102] Without wishing to be bound by any theory, in certain embodiments the compounds of Formula (I) useful in the methods and uses of this disclosure prevents or inhibits the processing of Pseudomonas aeruginosa exotoxin A by furin to prevent active forms of Pseudomonas aeruginosa exotoxin A from forming. [00103] In certain embodiments, the compound of Formula (I) useful in the present disclosure is of the formula:
Figure imgf000037_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: X is –O– or –N(R8)–; R1 and R2 are each independently H or optionally substituted (C1-C4)alkyl; optionally, R1 and R2 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a 4-11 membered monocyclic, fused bicyclic, bridged, or spiro-bicyclic saturated ring, optionally containing one or two additional heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur, wherein said ring is optionally substituted with one, two, or three of halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, –OCONR8R9, –CO2R8, –C(O)CO2R8, –R7, –OR7, –NHR8, –NR7R8, –C(O)R7, –CONHR8, –CONR7R8, or –SO2R7; each R3 is independently halogen, –CN, –O(C1-C4)alkyl, or optionally substituted (C1- C4)alkyl; R4 and R5 are each independently H or optionally substituted (C1-C4)alkyl; optionally, R4 and R5 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a 4-11 membered monocyclic, fused bicyclic, bridged, or spiro-bicyclic saturated ring, optionally containing one or two additional heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur, wherein said ring is optionally substituted with one, two, or three of halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, –OCONR8R9, –CO2R8, –C(O)CO2R8, –SO2(C1 C4)alkyl, –R7, –OR7, –NHR8, –NR7R8, –N(R8)C(O)R9, –N(R8)SO2R9, –N(R8)CONR8R9, –N(R8)CON(R8)SO2R9, –C(O)R7, –CONHR8, –CONR7R8, or –P(O)R8R9; each R6 is independently H, halogen, optionally substituted (C1-C4)alkyl, –OH, or optionally substituted (C1-C4)alkoxy; each R7 is independently (C1-C6)alkyl, (C2-C6)alkenyl, halo(C1-C6)alkyl, (C3-C6)cycloalkyl, or (C1-C4)alkyl(C3-C6)cycloalkyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or two of triazolyl, tetrazolyl, –CO2R8, –CONR8R9, –CON(R8)CO2(C1-C4)alkyl, hydroxyl, oxo, –(C1-C4)alkoxy, –OCONR8R9, –OCON(R8)C(O)R9, (C1-C4)alkyl, (C1- C4)alkylOH, –NR8R9, –N(O)R8R9, –N(R8)C(O)R9, –N(R8)CO2(C1-C4)alkyl, –N(R8)CH2CO2R9, –N(R8)CONR8R9, –N(R8)CON(R8)C(O)R9, –N(R8)CON(R8)CO2(C1-C4)alkyl, –N(R8)SO2R9, –N(R8)CON(R8)SO2R9, –SO(C1-C4)alkyl, –SO2(C1-C4)alkyl, –SO3R8, –SO2NR8R9, –B(OH)2, –P(O)R8R9, or –P(O)(OR8)(OR9); each of R8 and R9 is independently H, optionally substituted (C1-C4)alkyl, or optionally substituted (C3-C6)cycloalkyl; n is 1, 2, 3, or 4. [00104] In one embodiment, X is O or NR8, wherein R8 is (C1-C4)alkyl. In another embodiment, X is –NR8, wherein R8 is (C1-C4)alkyl. In certain embodiments, X is O. [00105] In certain embodiments, R3 is optionally substituted –O(C1-C4)alkyl. In certain embodiments, R3 is optionally substituted –OCF3. In certain embodiments, R3 is optionally substituted (C1-C4)alkyl. In certain embodiments, R3 is –Me. In certain embodiments, R3 is – CF3. In certain embodiments, R3 is –CHF2. In certain embodiments, R3 is –CH2F. In certain embodiments, R3 is halogen. In certain embodiments, R3 is –F. In certain embodiments, R3 is –Cl. In certain embodiments, R3 is –Br. In certain embodiments, R3 is –I. In certain embodiments, R3 is –Me. In certain embodiments, each R3 is independently halogen, methyl, or difluoromethyl. In another embodiment, each R3 is independently fluoro, chloro, bromo, methyl, or difluoromethyl. In one embodiment, each R3 is independently halogen. In another embodiment, each R3 is independently fluoro, chloro, or bromo. In another embodiment, each R3 is independently fluoro or chloro. In certain embodiments, each R3 is chloro. In certain embodiments, R3 is –CN. [00106] In certain embodiments, R1 and R2 are each independently H, (C1-C4)alkyl, or (C1- C4)alkylNH2. In certain embodiments, R1 and R2 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a 4-11 membered monocyclic, fused bicyclic, bridged, or spiro- bicyclic saturated ring, optionally containing one or two additional heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur, wherein said ring is optionally substituted with one, two, or three of halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, –OCONR8R9, –CO2R8, – C(O)CO2R8, –R7, –OR7, –NHR8, –NR7R8, –C(O)R7, –CONHR8, –CONR7R8, or –SO2R7. In one embodiment, R1 and R2 are each independently H, (C1-C4)alkyl, or –(C1-C4)alkylNH2. In another embodiment, R1 and R2 are each independently H or –(C1-C4)alkylNH2. R1 and R2 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a 4-11 membered monocyclic, fused bicyclic, bridged, or spiro-bicyclic saturated ring, optionally containing one or two additional heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur, wherein said ring is optionally substituted with one, two, or three of halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, –OCONR8R9, –CO2R8, – C(O)CO2R8, –R7, –OR7, –NHR8, –NR7R8, –C(O)R7, –CONHR8, –CONR7R8, or –SO2R7. In certain embodiments, R1 and R2 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form an optionally substituted pyrrolidine, pyrazolidine, imidazolidine, piperidine, piperazine, or morpholine ring. [00107] In another embodiment, R1 and R2 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached represent a 6- or 7-membered monocyclic ring, optionally containing one or two additional heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur, wherein said ring is optionally substituted by one, two, or three substituents independently halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, –OCONR8R9, –CO2R8, –C(O)CO2R8, –R7, –OR7, –NHR8, –NR7R8, – C(O)R7, –CONHR8, –CONR7R8, or –SO2R7. In another embodiment, R1 and R2 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached represent a 6- or 7-membered monocyclic ring, optionally containing one or two additional nitrogen heteroatoms, wherein said ring is optionally substituted by one, two, or three substituents independently selected from halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, R7, –OR7, –NHR8, –NR7R8, and –C(O)R7. In another embodiment, R1 and R2 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached represent a 6- or 7-membered monocyclic ring, optionally containing one additional nitrogen heteroatom, wherein said ring is optionally substituted by one substituent which is R7. In certain embodiments, R1 and R2 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached represent an optionally substituted piperazine ring. [00108] In certain embodiments, R1 and R2 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form an optionally substituted piperazine ring. In certain embodiments, R1 and R2 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a piperazine ring of the formula: . In certain embodiments, R1 and R2 taken together with the
Figure imgf000040_0008
nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a piperazine ring of the formula:
Figure imgf000040_0001
. In certain embodiments, R1 and R2 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a piperazine ring of the formula:
Figure imgf000040_0002
. certain embodiments, R1 and R2 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a piperazine ring of the formula
Figure imgf000040_0003
. certain embodiments, R1 and R2 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a piperazine ring of the formula:
Figure imgf000040_0004
. certain embodiments, R1 and R2 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a piperazine ring of the formula:
Figure imgf000040_0005
. In certain embodiments, R1 and R2 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a piperazine ring of the formula:
Figure imgf000040_0006
. certain embodiments, R1 and R2 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a ring of the formula:
Figure imgf000040_0007
. certain embodiments, R1 and R2 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a ring of the formula: In certain
Figure imgf000041_0005
embodiments, R1 and R2 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a piperidine ring of the formula:
Figure imgf000041_0001
. In certain embodiments, R1 and R2 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a piperidine ring of the formula:
Figure imgf000041_0002
. In certain embodiments, R1 and R2 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a ring of the formula:
Figure imgf000041_0003
. certain embodiments, R1 and R2 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a ring of the formula:
Figure imgf000041_0004
. certain embodiments, R1 and R2 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a pyrrolidine ring of the formula: . [00109] In certain embodiments, R4 and R5 are each independently H, or optionally substituted (C1-C4)alkyl. In certain embodiment, R4 and R5 are the same. In certain embodiments, R4 and R5 are different. In certain embodiments, R4 is H. In certain embodiments, R5 is H. In one embodiment, R4 and R5 are each independently H, (C1-C4)alkyl, or (C2-C4)alkyl(C1-C4)alkoxy. In certain embodiments, R4 is –Me. In certain embodiments, R4 is –C(O)R7. In certain embodiments, R4 is –C(O)Me. In another embodiment, R4 and R5 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a 4-11 membered monocyclic, fused bicyclic, bridged, or spiro-bicyclic saturated ring, optionally containing one or two additional heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur, wherein said ring is optionally substituted with one, two, or three of halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, –OCONR8R9, –CO2R8, –C(O)CO2R8, –SO2(C1 C4)alkyl, –R7, –OR7, –NHR8, –NR7R8, –N(R8)C(O)R9, –N(R8)SO2R9, –N(R8)CONR8R9, –N(R8)CON(R8)SO2R9, –C(O)R7, –CONHR8, –CONR7R8, or –P(O)R8R9. In another embodiment, R4 and R5 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a piperidine ring of the formula:
Figure imgf000042_0001
. In another embodiment, R4 and R5 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a piperidine ring of the formula:
Figure imgf000042_0002
. In another embodiment, R4 and R5 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a piperidine ring of the formula: . In another embodiment, R4 and R5 taken together with the nitrogen
Figure imgf000042_0007
atom to which they are attached form a ring of the formula: . In another
Figure imgf000042_0008
embodiment, R4 and R5 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a ring of the formula:
Figure imgf000042_0009
. In another embodiment, R4 and R5 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a piperazine ring of the formula:
Figure imgf000042_0003
. In another embodiment, R4 and R5 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form ring of the formula:
Figure imgf000042_0004
. In another embodiment, R4 and R5 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a pyrrolidine ring of the formula:
Figure imgf000042_0005
. In another embodiment, R4 and R5 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a pyrrolidine ring of the formula:
Figure imgf000042_0006
. In another embodiment, R4 and R5 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a pyrrolidine ring of the formula:
Figure imgf000043_0001
. In another embodiment, R4 and R5 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a ring of the formula:
Figure imgf000043_0002
. In another embodiment, R4 and R5 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a ring of the formula:
Figure imgf000043_0003
. [00110] In one embodiment, each R6 is independently halogen or (C1-C4)alkyl. In another embodiment, each R6 is independently halogen. In another embodiment, each R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of fluoro, chloro, bromo, and methyl. In another embodiment, each R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of fluoro, chloro, and bromo. In another embodiment, each R6 is independently fluoro or chloro. In certain embodiments, each R6 is fluoro. In another embodiment, each R6 is chloro. In another embodiment, each R6 is independently (C1-C4)alkyl. In another embodiment, each R6 is methyl. [00111] In one embodiment, each R7 is independently (C1-C6)alkyl, halo(C1-C6)alkyl, (C3-C6)cycloalkyl, or –(C1-C4)alkyl(C3-C6)cycloalkyl, each of which is optionally substituted by one or two of triazolyl, tetrazolyl, –CO2R8, –CONR8R9, –CON(R8)CO2(C1-C4)alkyl, –OH, (C1-C4)alkoxy, –OCONR8R9, –OCON(R8)C(O)R9, (C1-C4)alkyl, –(C1-C4)alkylOH, –NR8R9, –N(O)R8R9, –N(R8)C(O)R9, -N(R8)CO2(C1-C4)alkyl, –N(R8)CONR8R9, – N(R8)CON(R8)C(O)R9, –N(R8)CON(R8)CO2(C1-C4)alkyl, –N(R8)SO2R9, – N(R8)CON(R8)SO2R9, –SO(C1-C4)alkyl, –SO2(C1-C4)alkyl, –SO3R8, –SO2NR8R9, –B(OH)2, –P(O)R8R9, or –P(O)(OR8)(OR9). In another embodiment, each R7 is independently (C1-C4)alkyl, (C2-C4)alkenyl, halo(C1-C4)alkyl, (C3-C6)cycloalkyl, or –(C1-C2)alkyl(C3-C6)cycloalkyl, each of which is optionally substituted with –CO2R8, –CONR8R9, –OH, oxo, –(C1-C4)alkoxy, –OCONR8R9, – (C1-C4)alkylOH, –NR8R9, –N(R8)C(O)R9, –N(R8)CO2(C1-C4)alkyl, –N(R8)CH2CO2R9, – N(R8)CONR8R9, –N(R8)SO2R9, –SO(C1-C4)alkyl, –SO2(C1-C4)alkyl, –SO3R8, –SO2NR8R9, or –P(O)(OR8)(OR9). In another embodiment, each R7 is independently (C1-C4)alkyl, (C2-C4)alkenyl, halo(C1-C4)alkyl, (C3-C6)cycloalkyl, or –(C1-C2)alkyl(C3-C6)cycloalkyl, each of which is optionally substituted by one or two substituents –CO2R8, –CONR8R9, –OH, (C1-C4)alkoxy, –OCONR8R9, –(C1-C4)alkylOH, –NR8R9, –N(R8)C(O)R9, –N(R8)CO2(C1-C4)alkyl, –N(R8)CONR8R9, –N(R8)SO2R9, –SO(C1-C4)alkyl, –SO2(C1-C4)alkyl, –SO3R8, –SO2NR8R9, or – P(O)(OR8)(OR9). In another embodiment, each R7 is (C1-C6)alkyl which is optionally substituted by one substituent which is –CO2H, –OH, –N(R8)C(O)R9, or –SO(C1-C4)alkyl. In another embodiment, each R7 is (C1-C4)alkyl which is optionally substituted by one substituent which is –CO2H, –OH, –N(R8)C(O)R9, or –SO(C1-C4)alkyl. [00112] In certain embodiments, each of R8 and R9 is independently H, optionally substituted (C1-C4)alkyl, or optionally substituted (C3-C6)cycloalkyl. In one embodiment, each R8 and R9 is independently H or (C1-C4)alkyl. In another embodiment, each R8 and R9 is independently (C1-C4)alkyl. In another embodiment, R8 and R9 are each methyl. In another embodiment, each R8 and R9 is H. In another embodiment, R8 is H; and R9 is (C1-C4)alkyl. In another embodiment, R8 is H; and R9 is –Me. In another embodiment, R8 is (C1-C4)alkyl. In another embodiment, R8 is –Me. In another embodiment, R8 is –H. In another embodiment, R9 is (C1-C4)alkyl. In another embodiment, R9 is –Me. In another embodiment, R9 is –H. [00113] In one embodiment, n is 1, 2, or 3. In another embodiment, n is 2 or 3. In another embodiment, n is 2. [00114] In certain embodiments, the disclosed methods comprise administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of any one of the compounds found in Table 1 below. [00115] In certain embodiments, the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, useful in the present disclosure is of the formula:
Figure imgf000044_0001
. [00116] In certain embodiments, the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, useful in the present disclosure is of the formula:
Figure imgf000045_0001
. [00117] In certain embodiments, the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, useful in the present disclosure is of the formula:
Figure imgf000045_0002
. [00118] In certain embodiments, the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, useful in the present disclosure is of the formula:
Figure imgf000045_0003
. [00119] In certain embodiments, the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, useful in the present disclosure is of the formula:
Figure imgf000045_0004
. [00120] In certain embodiments, the compound of Formula (I) useful in the present disclosure is of the formula thereof, useful in the present disclosure is of the formula:
Figure imgf000046_0001
. [00121] In certain embodiments, the compound of Formula (I) useful in the present disclosure is of the formula:
Figure imgf000046_0002
, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. [00122] In certain embodiments, the disclosed methods comprise administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of any one of the compounds found in Table 1 below. [00123] The synthesis and characterization of all compounds in Table 1 can be found in U.S. Provisional Application, U.S.S.N. 62/670,050, filed on May 11, 2018, and the corresponding international PCT application, Application No.: PCT/EP2019/062098, filed on May 10, 2019, the contents of both are incorporated herein by reference. Table 1. Compounds useful in the disclosure
Figure imgf000046_0003
Figure imgf000047_0001
Figure imgf000048_0001
Figure imgf000049_0001
Figure imgf000050_0001
Figure imgf000051_0001
Figure imgf000052_0001
Figure imgf000053_0001
Figure imgf000054_0001
Figure imgf000055_0001
Figure imgf000056_0001
Figure imgf000057_0001
Figure imgf000058_0001
Figure imgf000059_0001
[00124] Typically, but not absolutely, the salts of the present disclosure are pharmaceutically acceptable salts. Salts of the disclosed compounds containing a basic amine or other basic functional group may be prepared by any suitable method known in the art, including treatment of the free base with an inorganic acid, such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, and the like, or with an organic acid, such as acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, maleic acid, succinic acid, mandelic acid, fumaric acid, malonic acid, pyruvic acid, oxalic acid, glycolic acid, salicylic acid, pyranosidyl acid, such as glucuronic acid or galacturonic acid, alpha-hydroxy acid, such as citric acid or tartaric acid, amino acid, such as aspartic acid or glutamic acid, aromatic acid, such as benzoic acid or cinnamic acid, sulfonic acid, such as p-toluenesulfonic acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid or the like. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts include sulfates, pyrosulfates, bisulfates, sulfites, bisulfites, phosphates, chlorides, bromides, iodides, acetates, propionates, decanoates, caprylates, acrylates, formates, isobutyrates, caproates, heptanoates, propiolates, oxalates, malonates succinates, suberates, sebacates, fumarates, maleates, butyne-1,4-dioates, hexyne-1,6-dioates, benzoates, chlorobenzoates, methylbenzoates, dinitrobenzoates, hydroxybenzoates, methoxybenzoates, phthalates, phenylacetates, phenylpropionates, phenylbutrates, citrates, lactates, γ-hydroxybutyrates, glycolates, tartrates mandelates, and sulfonates, such as xylenesulfonates, methanesulfonates, propanesulfonates, naphthalene-1-sulfonates, and naphthalene-2-sulfonates. [00125] Salts of the disclosed compounds containing a carboxylic acid or other acidic functional group can be prepared by reacting with a suitable base. Such a pharmaceutically acceptable salt may be made with a base which affords a pharmaceutically acceptable cation, which includes alkali metal salts (especially sodium and potassium), alkaline earth metal salts (especially calcium and magnesium), aluminum salts, and ammonium salts, as well as salts made from physiologically acceptable organic bases, such as trimethylamine, triethylamine, morpholine, pyridine, piperidine, picoline, dicyclohexylamine, N,N’- dibenzylethylenediamine, 2-hydroxyethylamine, bis-(2-hydroxyethyl)amine, tri-(2- hydroxyethyl)amine, procaine, dibenzylpiperidine, dehydroabietylamine, N,N’- bisdehydroabietylamine, glucamine, N-methylglucamine, collidine, quinine, quinoline, and basic amino acid such as lysine and arginine. Other salts, which are not pharmaceutically acceptable, may be useful in the preparation of compounds of this disclosure and these should be considered to form a further aspect of this disclosure. These salts, such as oxalic or trifluoroacetate, while not in themselves pharmaceutically acceptable, may be useful in the preparation of salts useful as intermediates in obtaining the compounds of this disclosure and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts. [00126] This disclosure further provides a pharmaceutical composition useful in the present disclosure (also referred to as pharmaceutical formulation) comprising a compound of Formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and one or more excipients (also referred to as carriers and/or diluents in the pharmaceutical arts). The excipients are acceptable in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients of the formulation and not deleterious to the recipient thereof (i.e., the patient). [00127] Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable excipients will vary depending upon the particular dosage form chosen. In addition, suitable pharmaceutically acceptable excipients may be chosen for a particular function that they may serve in the composition. For example, certain pharmaceutically acceptable excipients may be chosen for their ability to facilitate the production of uniform dosage forms. Certain pharmaceutically acceptable excipients may be chosen for their ability to facilitate the production of stable dosage forms. Certain pharmaceutically acceptable excipients may be chosen for their ability to facilitate the carrying or transporting of the compound or compounds of this disclosure once administered to the patient from one organ, or portion of the body, to another organ, or portion of the body. Certain pharmaceutically acceptable excipients may be chosen for their ability to enhance patient compliance. [00128] Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable excipients include the following types of excipients: diluents, fillers, binders, disintegrants, lubricants, glidants, granulating agents, coating agents, wetting agents, solvents, co-solvents, suspending agents, emulsifiers, sweeteners, flavoring agents, flavor masking agents, coloring agents, anticaking agents, hemectants, chelating agents, plasticizers, viscosity increasing agents, antioxidants, preservatives, stabilizers, surfactants, and buffering agents. The skilled artisan will appreciate that certain pharmaceutically acceptable excipients may serve more than one function and may serve alternative functions depending on how much of the excipient is present in the formulation and what other ingredients are present in the formulation. [00129] Pharmaceutical compositions may be adapted for administration by any appropriate route, for example, by oral (including buccal or sublingual), rectal, nasal, topical (including buccal, sublingual, or transdermal), vaginal, or parenteral (including subcutaneous, intramuscular, intravenous, or intradermal) routes. Such compositions may be prepared by any method known in the art of pharmacy, for example, by bringing into association the active ingredient with the excipient(s).The exact amount of a compound required to achieve an effective amount will vary from subject to subject, depending, for example, on species, age, and general condition of a subject, severity of the side effects or disorder, identity of the particular compound, mode of administration, and the like. An effective amount may be included in a single dose (e.g., single oral dose) or multiple doses (e.g., multiple oral doses). In certain embodiments, the duration between the first dose and last dose of the multiple doses is three months, six months, or one year. In certain embodiments, the duration between the first dose and last dose of the multiple doses is the lifetime of the subject. In certain embodiments, a dose (e.g., a single dose, or any dose of multiple doses) described herein includes independently between 0.1 µg and 1 µg, between 0.001 mg and 0.01 mg, between 0.01 mg and 0.1 mg, between 0.1 mg and 1 mg, between 1 mg and 3 mg, between 3 mg and 10 mg, between 10 mg and 30 mg, between 30 mg and 100 mg, between 100 mg and 300 mg, between 300 mg and 1,000 mg, or between 1 g and 10 g, inclusive, of a compound described herein. In certain embodiments, a dose described herein includes independently between 1 mg and 3 mg, inclusive, of a compound described herein. In certain embodiments, a dose described herein includes independently between 3 mg and 10 mg, inclusive, of a compound described herein. In certain embodiments, a dose described herein includes independently between 10 mg and 30 mg, inclusive, of a compound described herein. In certain embodiments, a dose described herein includes independently between 30 mg and 100 mg, inclusive, of a compound described herein. [00130] Dose ranges as described herein provide guidance for the administration of provided pharmaceutical compositions to an adult. The amount to be administered to, for example, a child or an adolescent can be determined by a medical practitioner or person skilled in the art and can be lower or the same as that administered to an adult. [00131] A therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the present disclosure will depend upon a number of factors including, for example, the age and weight of the intended recipient, the precise condition requiring treatment and its severity, the nature of the formulation, and the route of administration, and will ultimately be at the discretion of the attendant prescribing the medication. However, an effective amount of a compound of Formula (I) for the treatment of a viral infection (e.g., infection resulting from a togaviridae family virus (e.g., an alphavirus (e.g., Chikungunya virus, Eastern equine encephalitis, Mayaro virus, Venezuelan equine encephalitis virus, Western equine encephalitis)), a filoviradae family virus (e.g., a Marburgvirus (e.g., Marburg virus, Ravn virus)), human respiratory syncytial virus (i.e., human orthopneumovirus), a flavivirus (e.g., dengue virus, Usutu virus, Japanese encephalitis virus, Powassan virus, yellow fever), a paramyxoviridae family virus (e.g., an orthoparamyxovirinae virus, (e.g., a henipavirus (e.g., Nipah virus), a morbillivirus (e.g., measles morbillivirus))) will generally be in the range of 0.001 to 100 mg/kg body weight of recipient per day, suitably in the range of 0.01 to 10 mg/kg body weight per day. For a 70 kg adult mammal, the actual amount per day would suitably be from 7 to 700 mg and this amount may be given in a single dose per day or in a number (such as two, three, four, five or six) of sub-doses per day such that the total daily dose is the same. Inhaled daily dosages range from 10 μg - 10 mg/day, with preferred 10 μg - 2 mg/day, and more preferred 50 μg - 500 μg/day. An effective amount of a salt or solvate, etc., may be determined as a proportion of the effective amount of the compound of Formula (I) per se. It is envisaged that similar dosages would be appropriate for treatment of the other conditions referred to above. [00132] Also encompassed by the present disclosure are kits (e.g., pharmaceutical packs). In certain embodiments, the kit comprises a compound or pharmaceutical composition described herein, and instructions for using the compound or pharmaceutical composition. In certain embodiments, the kit comprises a first container, wherein the first container includes the compound or pharmaceutical composition. In some embodiments, the kit further comprises a second container. In certain embodiments, the second container includes an excipient (e.g., an excipient for dilution or suspension of the compound or pharmaceutical composition). In certain embodiments, each of the first or second containers are independently a vial, ampule, bottle, syringe, dispenser package, tube, or inhaler. [00133] In certain embodiments, a kit described herein includes a first container comprising a compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutical composition as described herein. In certain embodiments, a kit described herein is useful in treating and/or preventing a viral infection, such as a viral infection resulting from Marburg virus. In certain embodiments, a kit described herein is useful in treating and/or preventing a viral infection, such as a viral infection resulting from dengue virus. In certain embodiments, a kit described herein is useful in treating and/or preventing a viral infection, such as a viral infection resulting from Chikungunya virus. [00134] In certain embodiments, the kit comprises a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutical composition thereof; and instructions for using the compound or pharmaceutical composition. [00135] In certain embodiments, a kit described herein further includes instructions for using the compound or pharmaceutical composition included in the kit. A kit described herein may also include information as required by a regulatory agency such as the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA). In certain embodiments, the information included in the kits is prescribing information. In certain embodiments, the kits and instructions provide for treating a viral infection (e.g., infection resulting from a togaviridae family virus (e.g., an alphavirus (e.g., Chikungunya virus, Eastern equine encephalitis, Mayaro virus, Venezuelan equine encephalitis virus, Western equine encephalitis)), a filoviradae family virus (e.g., a Marburgvirus (e.g., Marburg virus, Ravn virus)), human respiratory syncytial virus (i.e., human orthopneumovirus), a flavivirus (e.g., dengue virus, Usutu virus, Japanese encephalitis virus, Powassan virus, yellow fever), a paramyxoviridae family virus (e.g., an orthoparamyxovirinae virus, (e.g., a henipavirus (e.g., Nipah virus), a morbillivirus (e.g., measles morbillivirus))). In certain embodiments, the instructions are for administering the compound or pharmaceutical composition to a subject (e.g., a subject in need of treatment or prevention of a disease described herein). In certain embodiments, the instructions comprise information required by a regulatory agency, such as the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) or the European Agency for the Evaluation of Medicinal Products (EMA). In certain embodiments, the instructions comprise prescribing information. EXAMPLES Example 1. Percent inhibition of different viruses using the compounds of Formula (I) Cell preparation [00136] Each compound was tested at 1 µM dilution. One day before cell infection, Vero cells were seeded in a 96-well plate at 1.00E+04 µM per well. One day later, the cell medium was aspirated and 99 µL of medium was added to wells testing 1 µM compound. Next, 1 µL of compound was added to bring the total volume to 200 µM, and the medium was incubated for 1 hour. Virus dilutions and incubation [00137] Virus dilutions were prepared with infection medium in a 15 or 50 mL conical tube. The virus dilution was poured into a sterile reservoir.100 µL of the virus dilutions was added to the wells in the 96-well plate and the plates incubated at 37 °C for 2-5 days: 2 days for Chikungunya virus (CHIKV), 3 days for Marburg virus (MARV), and 5 days for dengue virus (DENV). CV Staining [00138] 50 µL crystal violet solution was added to each well, and fixed/stained for 30-60 minutes at room temperature. The crystal violet stain was removed over the sink and the wells rinsed with tap water. The plates were tapped on absorbent paper and read on a plate reader at 570 nM. [00139] The data in Table 2 represents the percentage of inhibition detected for each tested compound (from 2 technical replicates) at the dilution 1 µM with CHIKV, DENV, and MARV. Table 2. Percent viral inhibition of selected compounds of Formula (I)
Figure imgf000064_0001
Figure imgf000065_0001
Example 2. Compound Preparation [00140] The compounds of this disclosure may be made by a variety of methods, including well-known standard synthetic methods. Illustrative general synthetic methods are set out below (e.g., see Schemes 1, 2, and 3). The skilled artisan will appreciate that if a substituent described herein is not compatible with the synthetic methods described herein, the substituent may be protected with a suitable protecting group that is stable to the reaction conditions. The protecting group may be removed at a suitable point in the reaction sequence to provide a desired intermediate or target compound. In all of the schemes described below, protecting groups for sensitive or reactive groups are employed where necessary in accordance with general principles of synthetic chemistry. Protecting groups are manipulated according to standard methods of organic synthesis (T.W. Green and P.G.M. Wuts, (1991) Protecting Groups in Organic Synthesis, John Wiley & Sons, incorporated by reference with regard to protecting groups). These groups are removed at a convenient stage of the compound synthesis using methods that are readily apparent to those skilled in the art. The selection of processes as well as the reaction conditions and order of their execution shall be consistent with the preparation of compounds of the present invention. Starting materials are commercially available or are made from commercially available starting materials using methods known to those skilled in the art. Abbreviations Ac2O acetic anhydride AcOH acetic acid AIBN azobisisobutyronitrile aq. aqueous BBr3 boron tribromide BF3•OEt2 boron trifluoride diethyl etherate BH3•DMS borane dimethyl sulfide complex (±)-BINAP racemic 2,2'-bis(diphenylphosphino)-1,1'-binaphthalene Bn benzyl BnOH benzyl alcohol Boc2O di-tert-butyl decarbonate BPin 4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolane Br2 bromine CaCl2 calcium chloride CBr4 carbon tetrabromide CbzCl benzyl chloroformate CCl4 carbon tetrachloride CDI 1,1'-carbonyldiimidazole Cl2 chlorine gas Cs2CO3 cesium carbonate CuI copper(I) iodide CuSO4 copper(II) sulfate DAST diethylaminosulfur trifluoride DCE dichloroethane DCM or CH2Cl2 dichloromethane DEAD diethyl azodicarboxylate Dess-Martin 1,1,1-tris(acetyloxy)-1,1-dihydro-1,2-benziodoxol-3-(1H)-one DIAD diisopropyl azodicarboxylate DIEA diisopropylethylamine DMF N, N-dimethylformamide DMSO dimethylsulfoxide DPPA diphenylphosphoryl azide EA or EtOAc ethyl acetate EDC 1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide ES-LCMS electrospray liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry EtI ethyl iodide EtMgBr ethylmagnesium bromide Et3N triethylamine EtOH ethanol g gram(s) Grubbs I benzylidene-bis(tricyclohexylphosphine)dichlororuthenium h hour(s) H2 hydrogen gas HATU O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N, N, N’, N”-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate HCl hydrochloric acid H2O water HOBt hydroxybenzotriazole HPLC high performance liquid chromatography in vacuo under vacuum i-PrOH isopropyl alcohol [Ir(COD)OMe]2 di-µ-methoxobis(1,5-cyclooctadiene)diiridium(I) KCN potassium cyanide K2CO3 potassium carbonate KI potassium iodide KOAc potassium acetate K3PO4 potassium phosphate tribasic L liter(s) LAH or LiAlH4 lithium aluminium hydride LCMS liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry LiHMDS lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide LiOH lithium hydroxide LiOH•H2O lithium hydroxide monohydrate M molar m-CPBA meta-chloroperoxybenzoic acid MeCN acetonitrile MeI methyl iodide MeMgBr methylmagnesium bromide MeNH2 methylamine MeOH methanol MgSO4 magnesium sulfate min minute(s) mL milliliter(s) mmol millimole(s) mol mole(s) MsCl methanesulfonyl chloride MTBE methyl tert-butyl ether N normal N2 nitrogen gas NaBH4 sodium borohydride NaBH3CN sodium cyanoborohydride NaBH(OAc)3 sodium triacetoxyborohydride NaCN sodium cyanide NaH sodium hydride NaHCO3 sodium bicarbonate NaOH sodium hydroxide Na2SO4 sodium sulfate NBS N-bromosuccinimide n-BuLi n-butyllithium n-BuMgCl n-butylmagnesium chloride NH3 ammonia NH4Cl ammonium chloride NH4OAc ammonium acetate NH4OH ammonium hydroxide NMP N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone NMR nuclear magnetic resonance OTf trifluoromethanesulfonate Oxone® potassium peroxymonosulfate Pd(OAc)2 palladium(II) acetate Pd/C palladium on carbon PdCl2(dppf) [1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II) Pd2(dba)3 tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) Pd(OH)2 palladium(II) hydroxide Pd(PPh3)2Cl2 bis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(II) dichloride PE petroleum ether POCl3 phosphoryl chloride PPh3 triphenylphosphine p-TsCl para-toluenesulfonyl chloride p-TsOH para-toluenesulfonic acid SFC supercritical fluid chromatography SOCl2 thionyl chloride TBAF tetra-n-butylammonium fluoride TBS tert-butyldimethylsilyl TBSCl tert-butyldimethylsilyl chloride t-BuOH tert-butyl alcohol t-BuOK potassium tert-butoxide t-BuONa sodium tert-butoxide TFA trifluoroacetic acid Tf2O trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride THF tetrahydrofuran TLC thin layer chromatography TMS-N3 trimethylsilyl azide TosMIC para-toluenesulfonylmethyl isocyanide Xantphos 4,5-bis(diphenylphosphino)-9,9-dimethylxanthene Zn zinc metal [00141] Certain compounds of Formula (I) can be prepared according to Schemes 1, 2, or 3, or analogous or other methods known in the art. Scheme 1
Figure imgf000070_0001
Scheme 2
Figure imgf000070_0002
Scheme 3
Figure imgf000071_0001
Experimentals [00142] These examples are not intended to limit the scope of the present disclosure, but rather to provide guidance to the skilled artisan to prepare and use the compounds in the methods and uses of the disclosure. While particular embodiments of the present disclosure are described, the skilled artisan will appreciate that various changes and modifications can be made without departing from the spirit and scope of the disclosure. Unless otherwise noted, reagents are commercially available or are prepared according to procedures in the literature. The symbols and conventions used in the descriptions of processes, schemes, and examples are consistent with those used in the contemporary scientific literature, for example, the Journal of the American Chemical Society or the Journal of Biological Chemistry. [00143] Preparative HPLC was performed on a Gilson UV/VIS-156 with UV detection at 220/254 nm Gilson 281 automatic collection. HPLC column commonly used ASB-C1821.2 x 150 mm or Phenomenex 21.2 x 150 mm. HPLC Gradient (acidic condition, 0.01% HCl or 0.1% formic acid) used 0-100% acetonitrile with water and corresponding acid, the gradient shape was optimized for individual separations. Unless specially mentioned, compounds are isolated in HCl system and thus obtained as HCl salts. However, the compounds can also be isolated and used as the free base. HPLC Gradient (basic condition, 0.05% NH3 .H2O or neutral condition, 0.01% NH4HCO3) was optimized for individual separation. [00144] Chemical shifts are expressed in parts per million (ppm) units. Coupling constants (J) are in units of hertz (Hz). Splitting patterns describe apparent multiplicities and are designated as s (single), d (double), t (triplet), dd (double doublet), dt (double triplet), dq (double quartet), m (multiplet), and br (broad). [00145] Flash column chromatography was performed using silica gel. [00146] The naming programs used are ACDLABs 11.0 Namebatch, ACD IUPAC, or ChemDraw. N-((1-((2-((6-Bromopyridin-3-yl)oxy)-6-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)pyridin-4- yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)methyl)acetamide
Figure imgf000072_0001
[00147] N-((1-((2-((6-Bromopyridin-3-yl)oxy)-6-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)pyridin-4- yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)methyl)acetamide was synthesized according to the following the steps. Step 1: Methyl 2-(benzyloxy)-6-chloroisonicotinate
Figure imgf000072_0002
[00148] To a solution of phenylmethanol (15.75 g, 146 mmol) in DMF (500 mL) was added NaH (7.57 g, 189 mmol) at 25 °C. After the mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 0.5 h, methyl 2,6-dichloroisonicotinate (30 g, 146 mmol) in DMF (100 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 12 h. The mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated to yield a residue which was purified by column chromatography to yield a colorless oil of methyl 2-(benzyloxy)-6-chloroisonicotinate (16 g, 57.6 mmol, 39.6% yield): 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm 7.43-7.36 (m, 3H), 7.36-7.26 (m, 4H), 5.32 (s, 2H), 3.87 (s, 3H); ES-LCMS m/z 278.1 [M+H]+. Step 2: Methyl 2-(benzyloxy)-6-(3, 5-dichlorophenyl)isonicotinate
Figure imgf000073_0001
[00149] A mixture of methyl 2-(benzyloxy)-6-chloroisonicotinate (12 g, 43.2 mmol), (3,5- dichlorophenyl)boronic acid (12.37 g, 64.8 mmol), PdCl2(dppf) (6.32 g, 8.64 mmol) and K2CO3 (11.94 g, 86 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (200 mL) was stirred at 80 °C for 12 h under N2 atmosphere. The mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography to yield a colorless oil of methyl 2-(benzyloxy)-6-(3,5- dichlorophenyl)isonicotinate (13 g, 33.5 mmol, 77.0% yield): 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm 7.96-7.92 (m, 1H), 7.91-7.87 (m, 2H), 7.85-7.80 (m, 2H), 7.42-7.38 (m, 5H), 5.50 (s, 2H), 3.92 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 3H); ES-LCMS m/z 388.0, 389.9 [M+H]+. Step 3: (2-(Benzyloxy)-6-(3, 5-dichlorophenyl)pyridin-4-yl)methanol
Figure imgf000073_0002
[00150] To a solution of methyl 2-(benzyloxy)-6-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)isonicotinate (12 g, 30.9 mmol) in THF (300 mL) was added LiAlH4 (2.35 g, 61.8 mmol) at -78 °C. The mixture was allowed to warm up to 25 °C for 12 h. The reaction was quenched by addition of aqueous NaOH (20%, 10 mL) at 0 °C then was filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography to yield a yellow oil of (2-(benzyloxy)-6-(3,5- dichlorophenyl)pyridin-4-yl)methanol (10.7 g, 29.7 mmol, 96.0% yield): 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm 7.83-7.78 (m, 1H), 7.46-7.41 (m, 1H), 7.40-7.36 (m, 1H), 7.30 (d, J = 4.0 Hz, 4H), 7.23 (s, 3H), 5.29 (s, 2H), 4.68 (d, J = 4.9 Hz, 2H); ES-LCMS m/z 359.9, 362.0 [M+H]+. Step 4: (2-(Benzyloxy)-6-(3, 5-dichlorophenyl)pyridin-4-yl)methyl methanesulfonate
Figure imgf000074_0001
[00151] To a solution of (2-(benzyloxy)-6-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)pyridin-4-yl)methanol (3.0 g, 8.33 mmol) and DIEA (2.91 mL, 16.66 mmol) in DCM (40 mL) was added MsCl (0.779 mL, 9.99 mmol) at 0 °C. The mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 3 h. DCM (100 mL) was added, washed with water (30 mL x 3) and dried over Na2SO4. The organic phase was concentrated to yield a yellow oil of (2-(benzyloxy)-6-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)pyridin-4-yl)methyl methanesulfonate (3.0 g, 6.84 mmol, 82.0% yield): 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm 7.80- 7.78 (m, 2H), 7.43-7.41 (m, 2H), 7.40-7.36 (m, 1H), 7.36-7.31 (m, 5H), 5.42 (s, 2H), 5.16 (s, 2H), 3.01 (s, 3H); ES-LCMS m/z 437.9, 439.9 [M+H]+. Step 5: N-((1-((2-(benzyloxy)-6-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)pyridin-4-yl)methyl)piperidin-4- yl)methyl)acetamide
Figure imgf000074_0002
[00152] To a solution of (2-(benzyloxy)-6-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)pyridin-4-yl)methyl methanesulfonate (3.0 g, 6.84 mmol) and K2CO3 (1.892 g, 13.69 mmol) in DMF (30 mL) was added N-(piperidin-4-ylmethyl)acetamide (1.069 g, 6.84 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 80 °C for 12 h. After cooling to room temperature, the mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography to yield a yellow oil of N-((1-((2-(benzyloxy)-6-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)pyridin-4-yl)methyl)piperidin-4- yl)methyl)acetamide (3.0 g, 6.02 mmol, 88.0% yield): 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm 7.93-7.84 (m, 2H), 7.53-7.47 (m, 2H), 7.46-7.42 (m, 1H), 7.41-7.34 (m, 4H), 7.34-7.30 (m, 1H), 5.47-5.44 (m, 2H), 3.54-3.50 (m, 2H), 3.18-3.11 (m, 2H), 2.91-2.77 (m, 4H), 2.11-2.07 (m, 3H), 1.71-1.67 (m, 2H), 1.55-1.49 (m, 1H), 1.32-1.23 (m, 2H); ES-LCMS m/z 498.1, 500.1 [M+H]+. Step 6: N-((1-((2-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-6-hydroxypyridin-4-yl)methyl)piperidin-4- yl)methyl)acetamide
Figure imgf000075_0001
[00153] To a solution of N-((1-((2-(benzyloxy)-6-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)pyridin-4- yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)methyl)acetamide (2.0 g, 4.01 mmol) in THF (20 mL) was added concentrated HCl (15 mL, 180 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 80 °C for 4 h then concentrated. The residue was purified by column chromatography to yield a brown solid of N-((1-((2-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-6-hydroxypyridin-4-yl)methyl)piperidin-4- yl)methyl)acetamide (1.0 g, 2.449 mmol, 61.0% yield): 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ ppm 7.74-7.66 (m, 2H), 7.61-7.54 (m, 1H), 6.81-6.72 (m, 1H), 6.57-6.48 (m, 1H), 3.44 (s, 2H), 3.09-3.02 (m, 2H), 2.95-2.86 (m, 2H), 2.12-2.00 (m, 2H), 1.92 (s, 3H), 1.76-1.65 (m, 2H), 1.60-1.45 (m, 1H), 1.38-1.21 (m, 2H); ES-LCMS m/z 408.2, 410.1 [M+H]+. Step 7: N-((1-((2-((6-Bromopyridin-3-yl)oxy)-6-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)pyridin-4- yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)methyl)acetamide
Figure imgf000075_0002
[00154] A mixture of N-((1-((2-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-6-hydroxypyridin-4- yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)methyl)acetamide (1 g, 2.449 mmol), 2-bromo-5-fluoropyridine (0.646 g, 3.67 mmol) and Cs2CO3 (3.99 g, 12.25 mmol) in NMP (15 mL) was stirred at 130 °C for 16 h. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated and the residue was purified twice by silica gel column chromatography (MeOH/DCM = 1/10). All fractions found to contain product by TLC (MeOH/DCM = 1/10) were combined and concentrated to yield a brown solid of N-((1-((2-((6-bromopyridin-3- yl)oxy)-6-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)pyridin-4-yl)methyl)piperidin-4yl)methyl)acetamide (580 mg, 0.504 mmol, 20.6% yield):
Figure imgf000075_0003
NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm 8.36-8.30 (m, 1H), 7.73 (d, J = 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.68 (d, J = 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.54-7.51 (m, 1H), 7.50-7.47 (m, 1H), 7.45 (s, 1H), 7.35-7.31 (m, 1H), 7.01-6.93 (m, 1H), 3.53 (s, 2H), 3.18-3.14 (m, 2H), 2.88 (d, J = 10.8 Hz, 2H), 2.00-1.96 (m, 5H), 1.73-1.60 (m, 2H), 1.53 (d, J = 4.2 Hz, 1H), 1.32 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 2H); ES-LCMS m/z 563.0, 564.9 [M+H]+. Example 9: N-((1-((2-(3,5-Dichlorophenyl)-6-((6-(piperazin-1-yl)pyridin-3- yl)oxy)pyridin-4-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)methyl)acetamide, 4 hydrochloride
Figure imgf000076_0001
[00155] Example 9 was synthesized according to the following steps. Step 1: tert-Butyl 4-(5-((4-((4-(acetamidomethyl)piperidin-1-yl)methyl)-6-(3,5- dichlorophenyl)pyridin-2-yl)oxy)pyridin-2-yl)piperazine-1-carboxylate
Figure imgf000076_0002
[00156] A mixture of N-((1-((2-((6-bromopyridin-3-yl)oxy)-6-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)pyridin- 4-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)methyl)acetamide (580 mg, 1.028 mmol), tert-butyl piperazine-1- carboxylate (574 mg, 3.08 mmol), (±)-BINAP (12.80 mg, 0.021 mmol), 18-crown-6 (815 mg, 3.08 mmol), Pd2(dba)3 (47.1 mg, 0.051 mmol) and sodium tert-butoxide (296 mg, 3.08 mmol) in THF (15 mL) was stirred at 65 °C under N2 atmosphere for 2 h. The mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated. The residue was dissolved in DCM (50 mL) and washed with brine (50 mL), dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude material was purified by silica gel column chromatography (MeOH/DCM = 1/10) then further purified by preparative HPLC(MeCN/H2O as eluents, acidic condition) to yield a pale yellow solid of tert-butyl 4-(5-((4-((4-(acetamidomethyl)piperidin-1-yl)methyl)-6-(3,5- dichlorophenyl)pyridin-2-yl)oxy)pyridin-2-yl)piperazine-1-carboxylate (81 mg, 0.094 mmol, 9.1% yield): NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ ppm 8.24-8.17 (m, 1H), 8.00 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 1H), 7.94 (s, 1H), 7.91-7.86 (m, 2H), 7.54 (t, J = 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.44-7.39 (m, 1H), 7.36 (s, 1H), 4.49-4.43 (m, 2H), 4.01-3.94 (m, 4H), 3.62 (d, J = 12.3 Hz, 2H), 3.50-3.44 (m, 4H), 3.18-3.07 (m, 4H), 2.06-1.96 (m, 6H), 1.87 (m, 1H), 1.67-1.50 (m, 10H); ES-LCMS m/z 669.3, 671.3 [M+H]+. [00157] Step 2: N-((1-((2-(3,5-Dichlorophenyl)-6-((6-(piperazin-1-yl)pyridin-3- yl)oxy)pyridin-4-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)methyl)acetamide, 4 hydrochloride
Figure imgf000077_0001
[00158] A mixture of tert-butyl 4-(5-((4-((4-(acetamidomethyl)piperidin-1-yl)methyl)-6- (3,5-dichlorophenyl)pyridin-2-yl)oxy)pyridin-2-yl)piperazine-1-carboxylate (81 mg, 0.121 mmol) and TFA (2 mL, 26.0 mmol) in DCM (8 mL) was stirred at 25 °C for 0.5 h. Then the mixture was concentrated and purified by preparative HPLC (MeCN/H2O as eluents, acidic condition) and lyophilized to yield a white solid N-((1-((2-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-6-((6- (piperazin-1-yl)pyridin-3-yl)oxy)pyridin-4-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)methyl)acetamide, 4 hydrochloride (37.43 mg, 0.052 mmol, 43.1% yield): 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ ppm 8.19 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.06 (d, J = 9.5 Hz, 1H), 7.92 (s, 1H), 7.86 (d, J = 1.7 Hz, 2H), 7.51 (s, 1H), 7.45 (d, J = 9.8 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (s, 1H), 4.43 (s, 2H), 4.01-3.93 (m, 4H), 3.59 (d, J = 12.7 Hz, 2H), 3.49-3.41 (m, 4H), 3.15-3.03 (m, 4H), 2.03-1.91 (m, 5H), 1.83 (br. s, 1H), 1.63-1.50 (m, 2H); ES-LCMS m/z 569.0, 571.0 [M+H]+. Example 11: 3-(4-(5-((4-((4-(Acetamidomethyl)piperidin-1-yl)methyl)-6-(3,5- dichlorophenyl)pyridin-2-yl)oxy)pyridin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)propanoic acid, 4 hydrochloride
Figure imgf000077_0002
[00159] Example 11 was synthesized according to the following steps. Step 1: Ethyl 3-(4-(5-((4-((4-(acetamidomethyl)piperidin-1-yl)methyl)-6-(3,5- dichlorophenyl)pyridin-2-yl)oxy)pyridin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)propanoate
Figure imgf000078_0001
[00160] To a solution of N-((1-((2-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-6-((6-(piperazin-1-yl)pyridin-3- yl)oxy)pyridin-4-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)methyl)acetamide (20 g, 33.4 mmol) and ethyl 3- bromopropanoate (18.12 g, 100 mmol) in DMF (350 mL) was added K2CO3 (13.83 g, 100 mmol). Then the reaction mixture was stirred at 80 °C for 12 h. The solid was filtered off and solution was concentrated to yield a pale yellow solid of ethyl 3-(4-(5-((4-((4- (acetamidomethyl)piperidin-1-yl)methyl)-6-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)pyridin-2-yl)oxy)pyridin-2- yl)piperazin-1-yl)propanoate (17.6 g, 24.97 mmol, 74.8% yield): 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ ppm 8.10 (d, J = 3.1 Hz, 1H), 7.74 (d, J = 1.8 Hz, 2H), 7.43-7.35 (m, 2H), 7.31 (s, 1H), 6.78 (s, 1H), 6.70 (d, J = 9.3 Hz, 1H), 5.55 (br s, 1H), 4.14 (q, J = 7.1 Hz, 2H), 3.58- 3.50 (m, 4H), 3.47 (s, 2H), 3.14 (t, J = 6.4 Hz, 2H), 2.88-2.82 (m, 2H), 2.77-2.70 (m, 2H), 2.64-2.56 (m, 4H), 2.55-2.49 (m, 2H), 2.04-1.94 (m, 5H), 1.66 (d, J = 12.8 Hz, 2H), 1.54- 1.46 (m, 1H), 1.35-1.21 (m, 5H); ES-LCMS m/z 669.3, 671.3 [M+H]+. [00161] Step 2: 3-(4-(5-((4-((4-(Acetamidomethyl)piperidin-1-yl)methyl)-6-(3,5- dichlorophenyl)pyridin-2-yl)oxy)pyridin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)propanoic acid, 4 hydrochloride
Figure imgf000078_0002
[00162] To a solution of ethyl 3-(4-(5-((4-((4-(acetamidomethyl)piperidin-1-yl)methyl)-6- (3,5-dichlorophenyl)pyridin-2-yl)oxy)pyridin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)propanoate (17.6 g, 24.97 mmol) in THF (200 mL) was added LiOH•H2O (2.096 g, 49.9 mmol) and water (2 mL). Then the reaction mixture was stirred at 25 °C for 12 h.1 N HCl was added to adjust pH to 6 then concentrated to yield the crude product, which was washed with EA/MeOH = 10/1 (500 mL) and THF (500 mL). The solid was collected to yield the crude product which was purified by preparative HPLC (MeCN/H2O as eluents, acidic condition). Concentrated HCl was added to the combined purified fractions to adjust to pH to 2, and lyophilized to yield a pale yellow solid of 3-(4-(5-((4-((4-(acetamidomethyl)piperidin-1-yl)methyl)-6-(3,5- dichlorophenyl)pyridin-2-yl)oxy)pyridine-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)propanoic acid, 4 hydrochloride (15 g, 23.09 mmol, 92.0% yield):
Figure imgf000079_0001
(400 MHz, CD3OD) δ ppm 8.23 (s, 1H), 8.20-8.16 (m, 1H), 7.99 (s, 1H), 7.89 (s, 2H), 7.55 (d, J = 12 Hz, 1H), 7.51 (s, 1H), 7.40 (s, 1H), 4.46 (s, 2H), 3.80-3.40 (m, 10H), 3.30-3.20 (m, 2H), 3.15-3.07 (m, 4H), 2.96-2.94 (m, 2H), 2.00-1.92 (m, 5H), 1.90-1.79 (m, 1H), 1.62-1.53 (m, 2H); ES-LCMS m/z 641.3, 643.2 [M+H]+. EQUIVALENTS AND SCOPE [00163] In the claims articles such as “a,” “an,” and “the” may mean one or more than one unless indicated to the contrary or otherwise evident from the context. Claims or descriptions that include “or” between one or more members of a group are considered satisfied if one, more than one, or all of the group members are present in, employed in, or otherwise relevant to a given product or process unless indicated to the contrary or otherwise evident from the context. The disclosure includes embodiments in which exactly one member of the group is present in, employed in, or otherwise relevant to a given product or process. The disclosure includes embodiments in which more than one, or all of the group members are present in, employed in, or otherwise relevant to a given product or process. [00164] Furthermore, the disclosure encompasses all variations, combinations, and permutations in which one or more limitations, elements, clauses, and descriptive terms from one or more of the listed claims is introduced into another claim. For example, any claim that is dependent on another claim can be modified to include one or more limitations found in any other claim that is dependent on the same base claim. Where elements are presented as lists, e.g., in Markush group format, each subgroup of the elements is also disclosed, and any element(s) can be removed from the group. It should it be understood that, in general, where the disclosure, or aspects of the disclosure, is/are referred to as comprising particular elements and/or features, certain embodiments of the disclosure or aspects of the disclosure consist, or consist essentially of, such elements and/or features. For purposes of simplicity, those embodiments have not been specifically set forth in haec verba herein. It is also noted that the terms “comprising” and “containing” are intended to be open and permits the inclusion of additional elements or steps. Where ranges are given, endpoints are included. Furthermore, unless otherwise indicated or otherwise evident from the context and understanding of one of ordinary skill in the art, values that are expressed as ranges can assume any specific value or sub-range within the stated ranges in different embodiments of the disclosure, to the tenth of the unit of the lower limit of the range, unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. [00165] This application refers to various issued patents, published patent applications, journal articles, and other publications, all of which are incorporated herein by reference. If there is a conflict between any of the incorporated references and the instant specification, the specification shall control. In addition, any particular embodiment of the present disclosure that falls within the prior art may be explicitly excluded from any one or more of the claims. Because such embodiments are deemed to be known to one of ordinary skill in the art, they may be excluded even if the exclusion is not set forth explicitly herein. Any particular embodiment of the disclosure can be excluded from any claim, for any reason, whether or not related to the existence of prior art. [00166] Those skilled in the art will recognize or be able to ascertain using no more than routine experimentation many equivalents to the specific embodiments described herein. The scope of the present embodiments described herein is not intended to be limited to the above Description, but rather is as set forth in the appended claims. Those of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that various changes and modifications to this description may be made without departing from the spirit or scope of the present disclosure, as defined in the following claims.

Claims

CLAIMS What is claimed is: 1. A method of treating a viral infection in a subject in need thereof comprising administering to the subject a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein the compound of Formula (I) is of the formula:
Figure imgf000081_0001
, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: X is –O– or –N(R8)–; R1 and R2 are each independently H or optionally substituted (C1-C4)alkyl; optionally, R1 and R2 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a 4-11 membered monocyclic, fused bicyclic, bridged, or spiro-bicyclic saturated ring, optionally containing one or two additional heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur, wherein said ring is optionally substituted with one, two, or three of halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, –OCONR8R9, –CO2R8, –C(O)CO2R8, –R7, –OR7, –NHR8, –NR7R8, –C(O)R7, –CONHR8, –CONR7R8, or –SO2R7; each R3 is independently halogen, –CN, –O(C1-C4)alkyl, or optionally substituted (C1- C4)alkyl; R4 and R5 are each independently H or optionally substituted (C1-C4)alkyl; optionally, R4 and R5 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a 4-11 membered monocyclic, fused bicyclic, bridged, or spiro-bicyclic saturated ring, optionally containing one or two additional heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur, wherein said ring is optionally substituted with one, two, or three of halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, –OCONR8R9, –CO2R8, –C(O)CO2R8, –SO2(C1 C4)alkyl, –R7, –OR7, –NHR8, –NR7R8, –N(R8)C(O)R9, –N(R8)SO2R9, –N(R8)CONR8R9, –N(R8)CON(R8)SO2R9, –C(O)R7, –CONHR8, –CONR7R8, or –P(O)R8R9; each R6 is independently H, halogen, optionally substituted (C1-C4)alkyl, –OH, or optionally substituted (C1-C4)alkoxy; each R7 is independently (C1-C6)alkyl, (C2-C6)alkenyl, halo(C1-C6)alkyl, (C3-C6)cycloalkyl, or (C1-C4)alkyl(C3-C6)cycloalkyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or two of triazolyl, tetrazolyl, –CO2R8, –CONR8R9, –CON(R8)CO2(C1-C4)alkyl, hydroxyl, oxo, –(C1-C4)alkoxy, –OCONR8R9, –OCON(R8)C(O)R9, (C1-C4)alkyl, (C1- C4)alkylOH, –NR8R9, –N(O)R8R9, –N(R8)C(O)R9, –N(R8)CO2(C1-C4)alkyl, –N(R8)CH2CO2R9, –N(R8)CONR8R9, –N(R8)CON(R8)C(O)R9, –N(R8)CON(R8)CO2(C1-C4)alkyl, –N(R8)SO2R9, –N(R8)CON(R8)SO2R9, –SO(C1-C4)alkyl, –SO2(C1-C4)alkyl, –SO3R8, –SO2NR8R9, –B(OH)2, –P(O)R8R9, or –P(O)(OR8)(OR9); each of R8 and R9 is independently H, optionally substituted (C1-C4)alkyl, or optionally substituted (C3-C6)cycloalkyl; n is 1, 2, 3, or 4. 2. A method of inhibiting the replication of a virus in a subject in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), wherein the compound of Formula (I) is of the formula:
Figure imgf000082_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: X is –O– or –N(R8)–; R1 and R2 are each independently H or optionally substituted (C1-C4)alkyl; optionally, R1 and R2 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a 4-11 membered monocyclic, fused bicyclic, bridged, or spiro-bicyclic saturated ring, optionally containing one or two additional heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur, wherein said ring is optionally substituted with one, two, or three of halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, –OCONR8R9, –CO2R8, –C(O)CO2R8, –R7, –OR7, –NHR8, –NR7R8, –C(O)R7, –CONHR8, –CONR7R8, or –SO2R7; each R3 is independently halogen, –CN, –O(C1-C4)alkyl, or optionally substituted (C1- C4)alkyl; R4 and R5 are each independently H or optionally substituted (C1-C4)alkyl; optionally, R4 and R5 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a 4-11 membered monocyclic, fused bicyclic, bridged, or spiro-bicyclic saturated ring, optionally containing one or two additional heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur, wherein said ring is optionally substituted with one, two, or three of halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, –OCONR8R9, –CO2R8, –C(O)CO2R8, –SO2(C1 C4)alkyl, –R7, –OR7, –NHR8, –NR7R8, –N(R8)C(O)R9, –N(R8)SO2R9, –N(R8)CONR8R9, –N(R8)CON(R8)SO2R9, –C(O)R7, –CONHR8, –CONR7R8, or –P(O)R8R9; each R6 is independently H, halogen, optionally substituted (C1-C4)alkyl, –OH, or optionally substituted (C1-C4)alkoxy; each R7 is independently (C1-C6)alkyl, (C2-C6)alkenyl, halo(C1-C6)alkyl, (C3-C6)cycloalkyl, or (C1-C4)alkyl(C3-C6)cycloalkyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or two of triazolyl, tetrazolyl, –CO2R8, –CONR8R9, –CON(R8)CO2(C1-C4)alkyl, hydroxyl, oxo, –(C1-C4)alkoxy, –OCONR8R9, –OCON(R8)C(O)R9, (C1-C4)alkyl, (C1- C4)alkylOH, –NR8R9, –N(O)R8R9, –N(R8)C(O)R9, –N(R8)CO2(C1-C4)alkyl, –N(R8)CH2CO2R9, –N(R8)CONR8R9, –N(R8)CON(R8)C(O)R9, –N(R8)CON(R8)CO2(C1-C4)alkyl, –N(R8)SO2R9, –N(R8)CON(R8)SO2R9, –SO(C1-C4)alkyl, –SO2(C1-C4)alkyl, –SO3R8, –SO2NR8R9, –B(OH)2, –P(O)R8R9, or –P(O)(OR8)(OR9); each of R8 and R9 is independently H, optionally substituted (C1-C4)alkyl, or optionally substituted (C3-C6)cycloalkyl; n is 1,
2, 3, or 4.
3. A compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for use in treating and/or preventing a viral infection in a subject in need thereof, wherein the compound of Formula (I) is of the formula:
Figure imgf000084_0001
, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: X is –O– or –N(R8)–; R1 and R2 are each independently H or optionally substituted (C1-C4)alkyl; optionally, R1 and R2 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a 4-11 membered monocyclic, fused bicyclic, bridged, or spiro-bicyclic saturated ring, optionally containing one or two additional heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur, wherein said ring is optionally substituted with one, two, or three of halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, –OCONR8R9, –CO2R8, –C(O)CO2R8, –R7, –OR7, –NHR8, –NR7R8, –C(O)R7, –CONHR8, –CONR7R8, or –SO2R7; each R3 is independently halogen, –CN, –O(C1-C4)alkyl, or optionally substituted (C1- C4)alkyl; R4 and R5 are each independently H or optionally substituted (C1-C4)alkyl; optionally, R4 and R5 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a 4-11 membered monocyclic, fused bicyclic, bridged, or spiro-bicyclic saturated ring, optionally containing one or two additional heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur, wherein said ring is optionally substituted with one, two, or three of halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, –OCONR8R9, –CO2R8, –C(O)CO2R8, –SO2(C1 C4)alkyl, –R7, –OR7, –NHR8, –NR7R8, –N(R8)C(O)R9, –N(R8)SO2R9, –N(R8)CONR8R9, –N(R8)CON(R8)SO2R9, –C(O)R7, –CONHR8, –CONR7R8, or –P(O)R8R9; each R6 is independently H, halogen, optionally substituted (C1-C4)alkyl, –OH, or optionally substituted (C1-C4)alkoxy; each R7 is independently (C1-C6)alkyl, (C2-C6)alkenyl, halo(C1-C6)alkyl, (C3-C6)cycloalkyl, or (C1-C4)alkyl(C3-C6)cycloalkyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or two of triazolyl, tetrazolyl, –CO2R8, –CONR8R9, –CON(R8)CO2(C1-C4)alkyl, hydroxyl, oxo, –(C1-C4)alkoxy, –OCONR8R9, –OCON(R8)C(O)R9, (C1-C4)alkyl, (C1- C4)alkylOH, –NR8R9, –N(O)R8R9, –N(R8)C(O)R9, –N(R8)CO2(C1-C4)alkyl, –N(R8)CH2CO2R9, –N(R8)CONR8R9, –N(R8)CON(R8)C(O)R9, –N(R8)CON(R8)CO2(C1-C4)alkyl, –N(R8)SO2R9, –N(R8)CON(R8)SO2R9, –SO(C1-C4)alkyl, –SO2(C1-C4)alkyl, –SO3R8, –SO2NR8R9, –B(OH)2, –P(O)R8R9, or –P(O)(OR8)(OR9); each of R8 and R9 is independently H, optionally substituted (C1-C4)alkyl, or optionally substituted (C3-C6)cycloalkyl; n is 1, 2, 3, or 4.
4. Use of a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for use in the treatment and/or prevention of a viral infection in a subject in need thereof, wherein the compound of Formula (I) is of the formula:
Figure imgf000085_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: X is –O– or –N(R8)–; R1 and R2 are each independently H or optionally substituted (C1-C4)alkyl; optionally, R1 and R2 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a 4-11 membered monocyclic, fused bicyclic, bridged, or spiro-bicyclic saturated ring, optionally containing one or two additional heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur, wherein said ring is optionally substituted with one, two, or three of halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, –OCONR8R9, –CO2R8, –C(O)CO2R8, –R7, –OR7, –NHR8, –NR7R8, –C(O)R7, –CONHR8, –CONR7R8, or –SO2R7; each R3 is independently halogen, –CN, –O(C1-C4)alkyl, or optionally substituted (C1- C4)alkyl; R4 and R5 are each independently H or optionally substituted (C1-C4)alkyl; optionally, R4 and R5 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a 4-11 membered monocyclic, fused bicyclic, bridged, or spiro-bicyclic saturated ring, optionally containing one or two additional heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur, wherein said ring is optionally substituted with one, two, or three of halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, –OCONR8R9, –CO2R8, –C(O)CO2R8, –SO2(C1 C4)alkyl, –R7, –OR7, –NHR8, –NR7R8, –N(R8)C(O)R9, –N(R8)SO2R9, –N(R8)CONR8R9, –N(R8)CON(R8)SO2R9, –C(O)R7, –CONHR8, –CONR7R8, or –P(O)R8R9; each R6 is independently H, halogen, optionally substituted (C1-C4)alkyl, –OH, or optionally substituted (C1-C4)alkoxy; each R7 is independently (C1-C6)alkyl, (C2-C6)alkenyl, halo(C1-C6)alkyl, (C3-C6)cycloalkyl, or (C1-C4)alkyl(C3-C6)cycloalkyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or two of triazolyl, tetrazolyl, –CO2R8, –CONR8R9, –CON(R8)CO2(C1-C4)alkyl, hydroxyl, oxo, –(C1-C4)alkoxy, –OCONR8R9, –OCON(R8)C(O)R9, (C1-C4)alkyl, (C1- C4)alkylOH, –NR8R9, –N(O)R8R9, –N(R8)C(O)R9, –N(R8)CO2(C1-C4)alkyl, –N(R8)CH2CO2R9, –N(R8)CONR8R9, –N(R8)CON(R8)C(O)R9, –N(R8)CON(R8)CO2(C1-C4)alkyl, –N(R8)SO2R9, –N(R8)CON(R8)SO2R9, –SO(C1-C4)alkyl, –SO2(C1-C4)alkyl, –SO3R8, –SO2NR8R9, –B(OH)2, –P(O)R8R9, or –P(O)(OR8)(OR9); each of R8 and R9 is independently H, optionally substituted (C1-C4)alkyl, or optionally substituted (C3-C6)cycloalkyl; n is 1, 2, 3, or 4.
5. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of Formula (I), for use in the methods or uses of any one of the preceding claims, wherein the compound of Formula (I) is of the formula:
Figure imgf000086_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: X is –O– or –N(R8)–; R1 and R2 are each independently H or optionally substituted (C1-C4)alkyl; optionally, R1 and R2 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a 4-11 membered monocyclic, fused bicyclic, bridged, or spiro-bicyclic saturated ring, optionally containing one or two additional heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur, wherein said ring is optionally substituted with one, two, or three of halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, –OCONR8R9, –CO2R8, –C(O)CO2R8, –R7, –OR7, –NHR8, –NR7R8, –C(O)R7, –CONHR8, –CONR7R8, or –SO2R7; each R3 is independently halogen, –CN, –O(C1-C4)alkyl, or optionally substituted (C1- C4)alkyl; R4 and R5 are each independently H or optionally substituted (C1-C4)alkyl; optionally, R4 and R5 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a 4-11 membered monocyclic, fused bicyclic, bridged, or spiro-bicyclic saturated ring, optionally containing one or two additional heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur, wherein said ring is optionally substituted with one, two, or three of halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, –OCONR8R9, –CO2R8, –C(O)CO2R8, –SO2(C1 C4)alkyl, –R7, –OR7, –NHR8, –NR7R8, –N(R8)C(O)R9, –N(R8)SO2R9, –N(R8)CONR8R9, –N(R8)CON(R8)SO2R9, –C(O)R7, –CONHR8, –CONR7R8, or –P(O)R8R9; each R6 is independently H, halogen, optionally substituted (C1-C4)alkyl, –OH, or optionally substituted (C1-C4)alkoxy; each R7 is independently (C1-C6)alkyl, (C2-C6)alkenyl, halo(C1-C6)alkyl, (C3-C6)cycloalkyl, or (C1-C4)alkyl(C3-C6)cycloalkyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or two of triazolyl, tetrazolyl, –CO2R8, –CONR8R9, –CON(R8)CO2(C1-C4)alkyl, hydroxyl, oxo, –(C1-C4)alkoxy, –OCONR8R9, –OCON(R8)C(O)R9, (C1-C4)alkyl, (C1- C4)alkylOH, –NR8R9, –N(O)R8R9, –N(R8)C(O)R9, –N(R8)CO2(C1-C4)alkyl, –N(R8)CH2CO2R9, –N(R8)CONR8R9, –N(R8)CON(R8)C(O)R9, –N(R8)CON(R8)CO2(C1-C4)alkyl, –N(R8)SO2R9, –N(R8)CON(R8)SO2R9, –SO(C1-C4)alkyl, –SO2(C1-C4)alkyl, –SO3R8, –SO2NR8R9, –B(OH)2, –P(O)R8R9, or –P(O)(OR8)(OR9); each of R8 and R9 is independently H, optionally substituted (C1-C4)alkyl, or optionally substituted (C3-C6)cycloalkyl; n is 1, 2, 3, or 4.
6. The method or use of any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the virus is a togaviridae family virus.
7. The method or use of claim 6, wherein the togaviridae family virus is an alphavirus.
8. The method or use of claim 7, wherein the alphavirus is Chikungunya virus, eastern equine encephalitis virus, Mayaro virus, Onyong-nyong virus, Ross River virus, Semliki Forest virus, Sindbis virus, Venezuelan equine encephalitis virus, or Western equine encephalitis virus.
9. The method or use of any one of claims 6 to 8, wherein the virus is Chikungunya virus.
10. The method or use of any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the virus is a flavivirus.
11. The method or use of any one of claims 10, wherein the virus is dengue virus.
12. The method or use of any one of claims 10, wherein the virus is Usutu virus.
13. The method or use of any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the virus is a filoviradae family virus.
14. The method or use of claim 13, wherein the filoviradae family virus is a Marburgvirus.
15. The method or use of claim 14, wherein the virus is Marburg virus.
16. The method or use of any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the virus is human respiratory syncytial virus.
17. The method or use of any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the virus is an orthoparamyxovirinae virus.
18. The method or use of any one of claims 1 to 5, or 17 wherein the virus is Measles morbillivirus.
19. The method or use of any one of claims 1 to 5, or 17 wherein the virus is Nipah henipavirus.
20. A method of treating and/or preventing a disorder due to a microbial toxin in a subject in need thereof comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), wherein the compound of Formula (I) is of the formula:
Figure imgf000089_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: X is –O– or –N(R8)–; R1 and R2 are each independently H or optionally substituted (C1-C4)alkyl; optionally, R1 and R2 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a 4-11 membered monocyclic, fused bicyclic, bridged, or spiro-bicyclic saturated ring, optionally containing one or two additional heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur, wherein said ring is optionally substituted with one, two, or three of halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, –OCONR8R9, –CO2R8, –C(O)CO2R8, –R7, –OR7, –NHR8, –NR7R8, –C(O)R7, –CONHR8, –CONR7R8, or –SO2R7; each R3 is independently halogen, –CN, –O(C1-C4)alkyl, or optionally substituted (C1- C4)alkyl; R4 and R5 are each independently H or optionally substituted (C1-C4)alkyl; optionally, R4 and R5 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a 4-11 membered monocyclic, fused bicyclic, bridged, or spiro-bicyclic saturated ring, optionally containing one or two additional heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur, wherein said ring is optionally substituted with one, two, or three of halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, –OCONR8R9, –CO2R8, –C(O)CO2R8, –SO2(C1 C4)alkyl, –R7, –OR7, –NHR8, –NR7R8, –N(R8)C(O)R9, –N(R8)SO2R9, –N(R8)CONR8R9, –N(R8)CON(R8)SO2R9, –C(O)R7, –CONHR8, –CONR7R8, or –P(O)R8R9; each R6 is independently H, halogen, optionally substituted (C1-C4)alkyl, –OH, or optionally substituted (C1-C4)alkoxy; each R7 is independently (C1-C6)alkyl, (C2-C6)alkenyl, halo(C1-C6)alkyl, (C3-C6)cycloalkyl, or (C1-C4)alkyl(C3-C6)cycloalkyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or two of triazolyl, tetrazolyl, –CO2R8, –CONR8R9, –CON(R8)CO2(C1-C4)alkyl, hydroxyl, oxo, –(C1-C4)alkoxy, –OCONR8R9, –OCON(R8)C(O)R9, (C1-C4)alkyl, (C1- C4)alkylOH, –NR8R9, –N(O)R8R9, –N(R8)C(O)R9, –N(R8)CO2(C1-C4)alkyl, –N(R8)CH2CO2R9, –N(R8)CONR8R9, –N(R8)CON(R8)C(O)R9, –N(R8)CON(R8)CO2(C1-C4)alkyl, –N(R8)SO2R9, –N(R8)CON(R8)SO2R9, –SO(C1-C4)alkyl, –SO2(C1-C4)alkyl, –SO3R8, –SO2NR8R9, –B(OH)2, –P(O)R8R9, or –P(O)(OR8)(OR9); each of R8 and R9 is independently H, optionally substituted (C1-C4)alkyl, or optionally substituted (C3-C6)cycloalkyl; n is 1, 2, 3, or 4.
21. A method of preventing the activation of a toxin in a subject in need thereof comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), wherein the compound of Formula (I) is of the formula:
Figure imgf000090_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: X is –O– or –N(R8)–; R1 and R2 are each independently H or optionally substituted (C1-C4)alkyl; optionally, R1 and R2 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a 4-11 membered monocyclic, fused bicyclic, bridged, or spiro-bicyclic saturated ring, optionally containing one or two additional heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur, wherein said ring is optionally substituted with one, two, or three of halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, –OCONR8R9, –CO2R8, –C(O)CO2R8, –R7, –OR7, –NHR8, –NR7R8, –C(O)R7, –CONHR8, –CONR7R8, or –SO2R7; each R3 is independently halogen, –CN, –O(C1-C4)alkyl, or optionally substituted (C1- C4)alkyl; R4 and R5 are each independently H or optionally substituted (C1-C4)alkyl; optionally, R4 and R5 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a 4-11 membered monocyclic, fused bicyclic, bridged, or spiro-bicyclic saturated ring, optionally containing one or two additional heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur, wherein said ring is optionally substituted with one, two, or three of halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, –OCONR8R9, –CO2R8, –C(O)CO2R8, –SO2(C1 C4)alkyl, –R7, –OR7, –NHR8, –NR7R8, –N(R8)C(O)R9, –N(R8)SO2R9, –N(R8)CONR8R9, –N(R8)CON(R8)SO2R9, –C(O)R7, –CONHR8, –CONR7R8, or –P(O)R8R9; each R6 is independently H, halogen, optionally substituted (C1-C4)alkyl, –OH, or optionally substituted (C1-C4)alkoxy; each R7 is independently (C1-C6)alkyl, (C2-C6)alkenyl, halo(C1-C6)alkyl, (C3-C6)cycloalkyl, or (C1-C4)alkyl(C3-C6)cycloalkyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or two of triazolyl, tetrazolyl, –CO2R8, –CONR8R9, –CON(R8)CO2(C1-C4)alkyl, hydroxyl, oxo, –(C1-C4)alkoxy, –OCONR8R9, –OCON(R8)C(O)R9, (C1-C4)alkyl, (C1- C4)alkylOH, –NR8R9, –N(O)R8R9, –N(R8)C(O)R9, –N(R8)CO2(C1-C4)alkyl, –N(R8)CH2CO2R9, –N(R8)CONR8R9, –N(R8)CON(R8)C(O)R9, –N(R8)CON(R8)CO2(C1-C4)alkyl, –N(R8)SO2R9, –N(R8)CON(R8)SO2R9, –SO(C1-C4)alkyl, –SO2(C1-C4)alkyl, –SO3R8, –SO2NR8R9, –B(OH)2, –P(O)R8R9, or –P(O)(OR8)(OR9); each of R8 and R9 is independently H, optionally substituted (C1-C4)alkyl, or optionally substituted (C3-C6)cycloalkyl; n is 1, 2, 3, or 4.
22. A compound of Formula (I) for use in treating and/or preventing a disorder due to a microbial toxin in a subject in need thereof, wherein the compound of Formula (I) is of the formula:
Figure imgf000091_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: X is –O– or –N(R8)–; R1 and R2 are each independently H or optionally substituted (C1-C4)alkyl; optionally, R1 and R2 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a 4-11 membered monocyclic, fused bicyclic, bridged, or spiro-bicyclic saturated ring, optionally containing one or two additional heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur, wherein said ring is optionally substituted with one, two, or three of halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, –OCONR8R9, –CO2R8, –C(O)CO2R8, –R7, –OR7, –NHR8, –NR7R8, –C(O)R7, –CONHR8, –CONR7R8, or –SO2R7; each R3 is independently halogen, –CN, –O(C1-C4)alkyl, or optionally substituted (C1- C4)alkyl; R4 and R5 are each independently H or optionally substituted (C1-C4)alkyl; optionally, R4 and R5 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a 4-11 membered monocyclic, fused bicyclic, bridged, or spiro-bicyclic saturated ring, optionally containing one or two additional heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur, wherein said ring is optionally substituted with one, two, or three of halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, –OCONR8R9, –CO2R8, –C(O)CO2R8, –SO2(C1 C4)alkyl, –R7, –OR7, –NHR8, –NR7R8, –N(R8)C(O)R9, –N(R8)SO2R9, –N(R8)CONR8R9, –N(R8)CON(R8)SO2R9, –C(O)R7, –CONHR8, –CONR7R8, or –P(O)R8R9; each R6 is independently H, halogen, optionally substituted (C1-C4)alkyl, –OH, or optionally substituted (C1-C4)alkoxy; each R7 is independently (C1-C6)alkyl, (C2-C6)alkenyl, halo(C1-C6)alkyl, (C3-C6)cycloalkyl, or (C1-C4)alkyl(C3-C6)cycloalkyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or two of triazolyl, tetrazolyl, –CO2R8, –CONR8R9, –CON(R8)CO2(C1-C4)alkyl, hydroxyl, oxo, –(C1-C4)alkoxy, –OCONR8R9, –OCON(R8)C(O)R9, (C1-C4)alkyl, (C1- C4)alkylOH, –NR8R9, –N(O)R8R9, –N(R8)C(O)R9, –N(R8)CO2(C1-C4)alkyl, –N(R8)CH2CO2R9, –N(R8)CONR8R9, –N(R8)CON(R8)C(O)R9, –N(R8)CON(R8)CO2(C1-C4)alkyl, –N(R8)SO2R9, –N(R8)CON(R8)SO2R9, –SO(C1-C4)alkyl, –SO2(C1-C4)alkyl, –SO3R8, –SO2NR8R9, –B(OH)2, –P(O)R8R9, or –P(O)(OR8)(OR9); each of R8 and R9 is independently H, optionally substituted (C1-C4)alkyl, or optionally substituted (C3-C6)cycloalkyl; n is 1, 2, 3, or 4.
23. The method or use of any one of claims 20 to 22, wherein the toxin is P. aeruginosa toxin A.
24. The method or use of any one of claims 20 to 22 wherein the toxin is Clostridium septicum alpha-toxin.
25. The method or use of any one of claims 20 to 22 wherein the toxin is diphtheria toxin.
26. The method or use of any one of claims 20 to 22 wherein the toxin is a shiga toxin.
27. The method or use of any one of claims 1 to 26, wherein R3 is halogen.
28. The method or use of any one of claims 1 to 27, wherein R3 is –Cl.
29. The method or use of any one of claims 1 to 28, wherein n is 2.
30. The method or use of any one of claims 1 to 29, wherein X is –O–.
31. The method or use of any one of claims 1 to 30, wherein R1 and R2 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a 4-11 membered heterocyclic ring, wherein said ring is optionally substituted with one, two, or three of halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, –OCONR8R9, –CO2R8, –C(O)CO2R8, –R7, –OR7, –NHR8, –NR7R8, –C(O)R7, –CONHR8, –CONR7R8, or –SO2R7.
32. The method or use of any one of claims 1 to 31, wherein R1 and R2 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form an optionally substituted pyrrolidine, pyrazolidine, imidazolidine, piperidine, piperazine, or morpholine ring.
33. The method or use of any one of claims 1 to 32, wherein R1 and R2 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a piperazine ring of the formula:
Figure imgf000093_0001
.
34. The method or use of any one of claims 1 to 33, wherein R4 and R5 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a 4-11 membered heterocyclic ring, wherein said ring is optionally substituted with one, two, or three of halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, –OCONR8R9, –CO2R8, –C(O)CO2R8, –SO2(C1 C4)alkyl, –R7, –OR7, –NHR8, –NR7R8, –N(R8)C(O)R9, –N(R8)SO2R9, –N(R8)CONR8R9, –N(R8)CON(R8)SO2R9, –C(O)R7, – CONHR8, –CONR7R8, or –P(O)R8R9.
35. The method or use of any one of claims 1 to 34, wherein R4 and R5 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form an optionally substituted pyrrolidine, pyrazolidine, imidazolidine, piperidine, piperazine, or morpholine ring.
36. The method or use of any one of claims 1 to 35, wherein R4 and R5 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a heterocyclic ring of the formula:
Figure imgf000094_0001
.
37. The method or use of any one of claims 1 to 36, wherein the compound, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is: 2-(4-((2-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-6-((6-(piperazin-1-yl)pyridin-3-yl)oxy)pyridin-4- yl)methyl)piperazin-1-yl)-N-methylacetamide; N-((1-((2-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-6-((6-(piperazin-1-yl)pyridin-3-yl)oxy)pyridin-4- yl)methyl)-4-hydroxypiperidin-4-yl)methyl)acetamide; 3-(1-((2-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-6-((6-(piperazin-1-yl)pyridin-3-yl)oxy)pyridin-4- yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)propanoicacid; 2-(1-((2-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-6-((6-(piperazin-1-yl)pyridin-3-yl)oxy)pyridin-4- yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)aceticacid; 1-((1-((2-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-6-((6-(piperazin-1-yl)pyridin-3-yl)oxy)pyridin-4- yl)methyl)-4-hydroxypiperidin-4-yl)methyl)-3-methylurea; methyl((1-((2-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-6-((6-(piperazin-1-yl)pyridin-3-yl)oxy)pyridin-4- yl)methyl)-4-hydroxypiperidin-4-yl)methyl)carbamate; 2-(1-((2-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-6-((6-(piperazin-1-yl)pyridin-3-yl)oxy)pyridin-4- yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)ethanesulfonicacid; (1-((2-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-6-((6-(piperazin-1-yl)pyridin-3-yl)oxy)pyridin-4- yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)methanesulfonicacid; N-((1-((2-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-6-((6-(piperazin-1-yl)pyridin-3-yl)oxy)pyridin-4- yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)methyl)acetamide; 2-(4-(5-((4-((4-(acetamidomethyl)piperidin-1-yl)methyl)-6-(3,5- dichlorophenyl)pyridin-2-yl)oxy)pyridin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)aceticacid; 3-(4-(5-((4-((4-(acetamidomethyl)piperidin-1-yl)methyl)-6-(3,5- dichlorophenyl)pyridin-2-yl)oxy)pyridin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)propanoicacid; N-((1-((2-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-6-((6-(4-(2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)piperazin-1- yl)pyridin-3-yl)oxy)pyridin-4-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)methyl)acetamide; 3-(4-(5-((4-((4-(acetamidomethyl)piperidin-1-yl)methyl)-6-(3,5- dichlorophenyl)pyridin-2-yl)oxy)pyridin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)propanamide; N-((1-((2-((6-(4-(2-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)ethyl)piperazin-1-yl)pyridin-3-yl)oxy)-6-(3,5- dichlorophenyl)pyridin-4-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)methyl)acetamide; N-((1-((2-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-6-((6-(4-(2-(methylsulfinyl)ethyl)piperazin-1- yl)pyridin-3-yl)oxy)pyridin-4-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)methyl)acetamide; N-((1-((2-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-6-((6-(4-(4-(methylsulfonyl)butan-2-yl)piperazin-1- yl)pyridin-3-yl)oxy)pyridin-4-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)methyl)acetamide; N-((1-((2-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-6-((6-(4-((trans)-3- (methylsulfonamido)cyclobutyl)piperazin-1-yl)pyridin-3-yl)oxy)pyridin-4- yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)methyl)acetamide; N-((1-((2-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-6-((6-(4-((cis)-3- (methylsulfonamido)cyclobutyl)piperazin-1-yl)pyridin-3-yl)oxy)pyridin-4- yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)methyl)acetamide; N-((1-((2-((6-(4-(2-aminoethyl)piperazin-1-yl)pyridin-3-yl)oxy)-6-(3,5- dichlorophenyl)pyridin-4-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)methyl)acetamide; N-((1-((2-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-6-((6-(4-(2,4-dihydroxybutyl)piperazin-1-yl)pyridin-3- yl)oxy)pyridin-4-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)methyl)acetamide; (2-(4-(5-((4-((4-(acetamidomethyl)piperidin-1-yl)methyl)-6-(3,5- dichlorophenyl)pyridin-2-yl)oxy)pyridin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)ethyl)phosphonicacid; 2-(4-(5-((4-((4-(acetamidomethyl)piperidin-1-yl)methyl)-6-(3,5- dichlorophenyl)pyridin-2-yl)oxy)pyridin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)ethylcarbamate; N-((1-((2-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-6-((6-(4-(2-(N- methylmethylsulfonamido)ethyl)piperazin-1-yl)pyridin-3-yl)oxy)pyridin-4- yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)methyl)acetamide; N-((1-((2-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-6-((6-(4-((1- (hydroxymethyl)cyclopropyl)methyl)piperazin-1-yl)pyridin-3-yl)oxy)pyridin-4- yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)methyl)acetamide; N-((1-((2-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-6-((6-(4-((1-hydroxycyclopropyl)methyl)piperazin-1- yl)pyridin-3-yl)oxy)pyridin-4-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)methyl)acetamide; 2-(1-((2-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-6-((6-(4-(3-(methylsulfonyl)propyl)piperazin-1- yl)pyridin-3-yl)oxy)pyridin-4-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)-N-ethylacetamide; 3-(4-(5-((6-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-4-((4-(sulfamoylmethyl)piperidin-1-yl)methyl)pyridin- 2-yl)oxy)pyridin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)propanoicacid; 3-(4-(5-((6-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-4-((4-((methylsulfonyl)methyl)piperidin-1- yl)methyl)pyridin-2-yl)oxy)pyridin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)propanoicacid; 1-((1-((2-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-6-((6-(4-(2-hydroxyethyl)piperazin-1-yl)pyridin-3- yl)oxy)pyridin-4-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)methyl)-3-methylurea; 3-(4-(5-((6-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-4-((4-((3-methylureido)methyl)piperidin-1- yl)methyl)pyridin-2-yl)oxy)pyridin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)propanoicacid; 3-(4-(5-((6-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-4-((4-(methylsulfonamidomethyl)piperidin-1- yl)methyl)pyridin-2-yl)oxy)pyridin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)propanoicacid; 3-(4-(5-((6-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-4-((methylamino)methyl)pyridin-2-yl)oxy)pyridin-2- yl)piperazin-1-yl)propanoicacid; 3-(4-(5-((4-((4-(2-(carbamoyloxy)ethyl)piperazin-1-yl)methyl)-6-(3,5- dichlorophenyl)pyridin-2-yl)oxy)pyridin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)propanoicacid; 3-(4-(5-((4-((4-(cyclopropanecarboxamidomethyl)piperidin-1-yl)methyl)-6-(3,5- dichlorophenyl)pyridin-2-yl)oxy)pyridin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)propanoicacid; methyl((1-((2-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-6-((6-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)pyridin-3- yl)oxy)pyridin-4-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)methyl)carbamate; (1-((2-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-6-((6-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)pyridin-3-yl)oxy)pyridin-4- yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)methylmethylcarbamate; 1-((1-((2-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-6-((6-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)pyridin-3-yl)oxy)pyridin- 4-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)methyl)-3-methylurea; (1-((2-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-6-((6-(piperazin-1-yl)pyridin-3-yl)oxy)pyridin-4- yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)methylmethylcarbamate; methyl((1-((2-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-6-((6-(piperazin-1-yl)pyridin-3-yl)oxy)pyridin-4- yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)methyl)carbamate; 3-(4-(5-((6-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-4-((4-(((methylcarbamoyl)oxy)methyl)piperidin-1- yl)methyl)pyridin-2-yl)oxy)pyridin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)propanoicacid; 3-(4-(5-((6-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-4-((4-((dimethylphosphoryl)methyl)piperidin-1- yl)methyl)pyridin-2-yl)oxy)pyridin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)propanoicacid; N-((1-((2-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-6-((5-fluoro-6-(piperazin-1-yl)pyridin-3-yl)oxy)pyridin- 4-yl)methyl)-4-hydroxypiperidin-4-yl)methyl)acetamide; 1-(5-((6-(3-chloro-5-methylphenyl)-4-((methylamino)methyl)pyridin-2-yl)oxy)pyridin- 2-yl)piperidin-4-amine; 3-(4-(5-((4-((4-(acetamidomethyl)piperidin-1-yl)methyl)-6-(3-chloro-5- fluorophenyl)pyridin-2-yl)oxy)pyridin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)propanoicacid; 3-(4-(5-((4-((4-(acetamidomethyl)piperidin-1-yl)methyl)-6-(3-bromo-5- fluorophenyl)pyridin-2-yl)oxy)pyridin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)propanoicacid; 2-(1-((2-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-6-((6-(piperazin-1-yl)pyridin-3-yl)oxy)pyridin-4- yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)-N,N-dimethylethanamineoxide; N-((1-((2-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-6-((5-fluoro-6-(piperazin-1-yl)pyridin-3-yl)oxy)pyridin- 4-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)methyl)acetamide; (1R,7S,8r)-4-((2-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-6-((6-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)pyridin-3- yl)oxy)pyridin-4-yl)methyl)-4-azabicyclo[5.1.0]octane-8-carboxylicacid; 9-((2-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-6-((6-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)pyridin-3-yl)oxy)pyridin-4- yl)methyl)-2-oxa-4,9-diazaspiro[5.5]undecan-3-one; N-((1-((2-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-6-((6-(6-fluoro-4-methyl-1,4-diazepan-1-yl)pyridin-3- yl)oxy)pyridin-4-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)methyl)acetamide; 2-(1-((2-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-6-((2-methyl-6-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)pyridin-3- yl)oxy)pyridin-4-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)aceticacid; 2-(1-((2-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-6-((5-fluoro-6-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)pyridin-3- yl)oxy)pyridin-4-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)aceticacid; 2-(1-((2-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-6-((6-(4-methyl-1,4-diazepan-1-yl)pyridin-3- yl)oxy)pyridin-4-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)aceticacid; 2-(1-((2-((6-(1,4-diazepan-1-yl)pyridin-3-yl)oxy)-6-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)pyridin-4- yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)aceticacid; 4-(4-(5-((4-((4-(acetamidomethyl)piperidin-1-yl)methyl)-6-(3,5- dichlorophenyl)pyridin-2-yl)oxy)pyridin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)-2-methylbutanoicacid; methyl(3-(4-(5-((4-((4-(acetamidomethyl)piperidin-1-yl)methyl)-6-(3,5- dichlorophenyl)pyridin-2-yl)oxy)pyridin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)propanoyl)carbamate; 4-(5-((4-((4-(acetamidomethyl)piperidin-1-yl)methyl)-6-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)pyridin-2- yl)oxy)pyridin-2-yl)-1-methylpiperazine1-oxide; 4-(5-((4-((4-(acetamidomethyl)piperidin-1-yl)methyl)-6-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)pyridin-2- yl)oxy)pyridin-2-yl)-1,1-bis(2-hydroxyethyl)piperazin-1-ium; N-((1-((2-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-6-((6-(4-(2-hydroxyethyl)piperazin-1-yl)pyridin-3- yl)oxy)pyridin-4-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)methyl)acetamide; 4-(5-((4-((4-(acetamidomethyl)piperidin-1-yl)methyl)-6-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)pyridin-2- yl)oxy)pyridin-2-yl)-1,1-dimethylpiperazin-1-ium; N-((1-((2-((6-(4-amino-3-fluoropiperidin-1-yl)pyridin-3-yl)oxy)-6-(3,5- dichlorophenyl)pyridin-4-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)methyl)acetamide; N-((1-((2-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-6-((6-((1S,4S)-5-(2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)-2,5- diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2-yl)pyridin-3-yl)oxy)pyridin-4-yl)methyl)piperidin-4- yl)methyl)acetamide; N-((1-((2-((6-((3S,4R)-3-(aminomethyl)-4-hydroxypyrrolidin-1-yl)pyridin-3-yl)oxy)-6- (3,5-dichlorophenyl)pyridin-4-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)methyl)acetamide; 3-((1R,5S)-3-(5-((4-((4-(acetamidomethyl)piperidin-1-yl)methyl)-6-(3,5- dichlorophenyl)pyridin-2-yl)oxy)pyridin-2-yl)-3,8-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-8- yl)propanoicacid; (S)-3-(4-(5-((4-((4-(acetamidomethyl)piperidin-1-yl)methyl)-6-(3,5- dichlorophenyl)pyridin-2-yl)oxy)pyridin-2-yl)-2-methylpiperazin-1-yl)propanoicacid; 2-(1-((2-((6-((1S,4S)-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2-yl)pyridin-3-yl)oxy)-6-(3,5- dichlorophenyl)pyridin-4-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)aceticacid; 4-(4-(5-((4-((4-(acetamidomethyl)piperidin-1-yl)methyl)-6-(3,5- dichlorophenyl)pyridin-2-yl)oxy)pyridin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)-2-ethylbutanoicacid; 3-(4-(5-((4-((4-(acetamidomethyl)piperidin-1-yl)methyl)-6-(3,5- dichlorophenyl)pyridin-2-yl)oxy)pyridin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)-2,2-dimethylpropanoicacid; 3-(4-(5-((4-((4-(acetamidomethyl)piperidin-1-yl)methyl)-6-(3,5- dichlorophenyl)pyridin-2-yl)oxy)pyridin-2-yl)-1,4-diazepan-1-yl)propanoicacid; 3-(4-(5-((4-((4-(acetamidomethyl)piperidin-1-yl)methyl)-6-(3,5- dichlorophenyl)pyridin-2-yl)oxy)pyridin-2-yl)-2,2-dimethylpiperazin-1-yl)propanoicacid; N-((1-((2-((6-(1,4-diazepan-1-yl)pyridin-3-yl)oxy)-6-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)pyridin-4- yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)methyl)acetamide; N-((1-((2-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-6-((6-(4-(methylamino)piperidin-1-yl)pyridin-3- yl)oxy)pyridin-4-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)methyl)acetamide; N-((1-((2-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-6-((6-(hexahydropyrrolo[3,4-c]pyrrol-2(1H)-yl)pyridin- 3-yl)oxy)pyridin-4-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)methyl)acetamide; N-((1-((2-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-6-((6-(3-(hydroxymethyl)piperazin-1-yl)pyridin-3- yl)oxy)pyridin-4-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)methyl)acetamide; N-((1-((2-((6-(4-aminopiperidin-1-yl)pyridin-3-yl)oxy)-6-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)pyridin- 4-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)methyl)acetamide; N-((1-((2-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-6-((6-(3,3-dimethylpiperazin-1-yl)pyridin-3- yl)oxy)pyridin-4-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)methyl)acetamide; N-((1-((2-((6-(4-amino-3,3-dimethylpiperidin-1-yl)pyridin-3-yl)oxy)-6-(3,5- dichlorophenyl)pyridin-4-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)methyl)acetamide; N-((1-((2-((6-(2,7-diazaspiro[4.4]nonan-2-yl)pyridin-3-yl)oxy)-6-(3,5- dichlorophenyl)pyridin-4-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)methyl)acetamide; N-((1-((2-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-6-((6-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)pyridin-3-yl)oxy)pyridin- 4-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)methyl)acetamide; 2-(1-((2-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-6-((6-((1S,4S)-5-methyl-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2- yl)pyridin-3-yl)oxy)pyridin-4-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)aceticacid; 2-(1-((2-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-6-((6-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)pyridin-3-yl)oxy)pyridin- 4-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)aceticacid; 3-(1-((2-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-6-((6-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)pyridin-3-yl)oxy)pyridin- 4-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)-2-methylpropanoicacid; methyl((1-((2-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-6-((6-(4-(3-(methylsulfonyl)propyl)piperazin-1- yl)pyridin-3-yl)oxy)pyridin-4-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)methyl)carbamate; N-((1-((2-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-6-((6-(4-(3-(methylsulfonyl)butyl)piperazin-1- yl)pyridin-3-yl)oxy)pyridin-4-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)methyl)acetamide; 1-((1-((2-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-6-((6-(4-(3-(methylsulfonyl)butyl)piperazin-1- yl)pyridin-3-yl)oxy)pyridin-4-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)methyl)-3-methylurea; 2-(1-((2-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-6-((6-(4-(3-(methylsulfonyl)propyl)piperazin-1- yl)pyridin-3-yl)oxy)pyridin-4-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)aceticacid; 2-(1-((2-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-6-((6-(4-(2-methoxyethyl)piperazin-1-yl)pyridin-3- yl)oxy)pyridin-4-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)aceticacid; 4-(4-(5-((4-((4-(acetamidomethyl)piperidin-1-yl)methyl)-6-(3,5- dichlorophenyl)pyridin-2-yl)oxy)pyridin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)butanoicacid; N-((1-((2-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-6-((6-(4-(2-methoxyethyl)piperazin-1-yl)pyridin-3- yl)oxy)pyridin-4-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)methyl)acetamide; N-((1-((2-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-6-((6-(4-(3-(methylsulfonyl)propyl)piperazin-1- yl)pyridin-3-yl)oxy)pyridin-4-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)methyl)acetamide; 2-(1-((2-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-6-((6-(4-(3-sulfamoylpropyl)piperazin-1-yl)pyridin-3- yl)oxy)pyridin-4-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)aceticacid; 1-((1-((2-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-6-((6-(4-(2-methoxyethyl)piperazin-1-yl)pyridin-3- yl)oxy)pyridin-4-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)methyl)-3-methylurea; 1-((1-((2-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-6-((6-(4-(3-(methylsulfonyl)propyl)piperazin-1- yl)pyridin-3-yl)oxy)pyridin-4-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)methyl)-3-methylurea; 3-(4-(5-((6-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-4-((4-((3-methylureido)methyl)piperidin-1- yl)methyl)pyridin-2-yl)oxy)pyridin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)propane-1-sulfonamide; 2-(1-((2-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-6-((6-(4-(3-(methylsulfonyl)propyl)piperazin-1- yl)pyridin-3-yl)oxy)pyridin-4-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)acetamide; 3-(4-(5-((4-((4-(acetamidomethyl)piperidin-1-yl)methyl)-6-(3,5- dichlorophenyl)pyridin-2-yl)oxy)-3-fluoropyridin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)propanoicacid; 3-(4-(5-((6-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-4-((4-((3-methylureido)methyl)piperidin-1- yl)methyl)pyridin-2-yl)oxy)-3-fluoropyridin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)propanoicacid; 3-(1-((2-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-6-((6-(4-(3-(methylsulfonyl)propyl)piperazin-1- yl)pyridin-3-yl)oxy)pyridin-4-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)propanoicacid; 3-(4-(5-((6-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-4-((4-(2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)piperidin-1- yl)methyl)pyridin-2-yl)oxy)pyridin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)propanoicacid; 3-(4-(5-((6-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-4-((4-(2-sulfamoylethyl)piperidin-1-yl)methyl)pyridin- 2-yl)oxy)pyridin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)propanoicacid; 3-(4-(5-((4-((4-(acetamidomethyl)piperidin-1-yl)methyl)-6-(3,5- dichlorophenyl)pyridin-2-yl)oxy)pyridin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)butanoicacid; 2-(4-(5-((4-((4-(acetamidomethyl)piperidin-1-yl)methyl)-6-(3,5- dichlorophenyl)pyridin-2-yl)oxy)pyridin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)ethanesulfonicacid; 2-((4-(5-((4-((4-(acetamidomethyl)piperidin-1-yl)methyl)-6-(3,5- dichlorophenyl)pyridin-2-yl)oxy)pyridin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)methyl)butanoicacid; N-((1-((2-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-6-((6-(4-(2-sulfamoylethyl)piperazin-1-yl)pyridin-3- yl)oxy)pyridin-4-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)methyl)acetamide; 1-((1-((2-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-6-((6-(4-(2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl)piperazin-1- yl)pyridin-3-yl)oxy)pyridin-4-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)methyl)-3-methylurea; (R)-2-(1-((2-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-6-((6-(4-(2-hydroxypropyl)piperazin-1-yl)pyridin- 3-yl)oxy)pyridin-4-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)aceticacid; 2-(1-((2-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-6-((6-(4-(2-hydroxyethyl)piperazin-1-yl)pyridin-3- yl)oxy)pyridin-4-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)aceticacid; (R)-(1-((2-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-6-((6-(4-(2-hydroxypropyl)piperazin-1-yl)pyridin-3- yl)oxy)pyridin-4-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)methylmethylcarbamate; (R)-1-((1-((2-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-6-((6-(4-(2-hydroxypropyl)piperazin-1-yl)pyridin-3- yl)oxy)pyridin-4-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)methyl)-3-methylurea; 3-(1-((2-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-6-((6-(4-(2-hydroxyethyl)piperazin-1-yl)pyridin-3- yl)oxy)pyridin-4-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)propanoicacid; 2-(1-((6-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-3-fluoro-2-((6-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)pyridin-3- yl)oxy)pyridin-4-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)aceticacid; 2-(1-((6-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-3-fluoro-2-((2-methyl-6-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)pyridin- 3-yl)oxy)pyridin-4-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)aceticacid; methyl3-(4-(5-((4-((4-(acetamidomethyl)piperidin-1-yl)methyl)-6-(3,5- dichlorophenyl)pyridin-2-yl)oxy)pyridin-2-yl)piperazin-1-yl)propanoate; or 2-(1-((6-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-3-methyl-2-((6-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)pyridin-3- yl)oxy)pyridin-4-yl)methyl)piperidin-4-yl)aceticacid; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
38. The method or use of any one of claims 1 to 37, wherein the compound, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is of the formula:
Figure imgf000101_0001
.
PCT/US2020/060107 2019-11-12 2020-11-12 Use of pyridyloxypyridines for treating infectious diseases WO2021097008A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201962934444P 2019-11-12 2019-11-12
US62/934,444 2019-11-12

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021097008A1 true WO2021097008A1 (en) 2021-05-20

Family

ID=73740538

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2020/060107 WO2021097008A1 (en) 2019-11-12 2020-11-12 Use of pyridyloxypyridines for treating infectious diseases

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2021097008A1 (en)

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2009023306A2 (en) 2007-05-09 2009-02-19 Burnham Institute For Medical Research Targeting host proteinases as a therapeutic strategy against viral and bacterial pathogens
WO2013138666A1 (en) 2012-03-16 2013-09-19 Sanford-Burnham Medical Research Institute Inhibitors of furin and other pro-protein convertases
WO2014152716A1 (en) * 2013-03-15 2014-09-25 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Substituted heterocyclic compounds for treating or preventing viral infections
CN107441094A (en) * 2017-08-08 2017-12-08 南方医科大学 Medicine and its pharmaceutical applications of the nilotinib as treatment dengue virus infection
WO2019215341A1 (en) * 2018-05-11 2019-11-14 Glaxosmithkline Intellectual Property Development Limited Furin inhibitors

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2009023306A2 (en) 2007-05-09 2009-02-19 Burnham Institute For Medical Research Targeting host proteinases as a therapeutic strategy against viral and bacterial pathogens
WO2013138666A1 (en) 2012-03-16 2013-09-19 Sanford-Burnham Medical Research Institute Inhibitors of furin and other pro-protein convertases
US20150051138A1 (en) * 2012-03-16 2015-02-19 Sanford-Burnham Medical Research Institute Inhibitors of furin and other pro-protein convertases
WO2014152716A1 (en) * 2013-03-15 2014-09-25 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Substituted heterocyclic compounds for treating or preventing viral infections
CN107441094A (en) * 2017-08-08 2017-12-08 南方医科大学 Medicine and its pharmaceutical applications of the nilotinib as treatment dengue virus infection
WO2019215341A1 (en) * 2018-05-11 2019-11-14 Glaxosmithkline Intellectual Property Development Limited Furin inhibitors

Non-Patent Citations (24)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
"Handbook of Chemistry and Physics", article "Periodic Table of the Elements"
BRAUN ELISABETH ET AL: "Furin-mediated protein processing in infectious diseases and cancer", CLINICAL & TRANSLATIONAL IMMUNOLOGY, vol. 8, no. 8, 1 January 2019 (2019-01-01), GB, XP055772629, ISSN: 2050-0068, DOI: 10.1002/cti2.1073 *
CARRUTHERS: "Some Modern Methods of Organic Synthesis", 1987, CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS
CHAKRABORTI, S.DHALLA N. S.: "Pathophysiological Aspects of Proteases", 2017, SPRINGER
CLARK MARGARET J ET AL: "GNF-2 Inhibits Dengue Virus by Targeting Abl Kinases and the Viral E Protein", CELL CHEMICAL BIOLOGY , ELSEVIER, AMSTERDAM, NL, vol. 23, no. 4, 21 April 2016 (2016-04-21), pages 443 - 452, XP029518402, ISSN: 2451-9456, DOI: 10.1016/J.CHEMBIOL.2016.03.010 *
DE WISPELAERE MELISSANNE ET AL: "Inhibition of Flaviviruses by Targeting a Conserved Pocket on the Viral Envelope Protein", CELL CHEMICAL BIOLOGY, vol. 25, no. 8, 1 August 2018 (2018-08-01), AMSTERDAM, NL, pages 1006 - 1016.e8, XP055772620, ISSN: 2451-9456, DOI: 10.1016/j.chembiol.2018.05.011 *
ELIEL, E.L.: "Stereochemistry of Carbon Compounds", 1962, MCGRAW-HILL
GARTEN, W.HALLENBERGER, S.ORTMANN, D.SCHAFER, W.VEY, M.ANGLIKER, H. ET AL., BIOCHIMIE, vol. 76, no. 3-4, 1994, pages 217 - 225
JACQUES ET AL.: "Enantiomers, Racemates and Resolutions", 1981, WILEY INTERSCIENCE
JOURNAL OF BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY
JOURNAL OF THE AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY
MICHAEL B. SMITH: "March's Advanced Organic Chemistry", 2013, JOHN WILEY & SONS, INC.
NAKAYAMA K., BIOCHEM. J., vol. 327, no. 3, 1997, pages 625 - 635
RAMOS-MOLINA BRUNO ET AL: "Identification of potent and compartment-selective small molecule furin inhibitors using cell-based assays", BIOCHEMICAL PHARMACOLOGY, ELSEVIER, US, vol. 96, no. 2, 21 May 2015 (2015-05-21), pages 107 - 118, XP029167860, ISSN: 0006-2952, DOI: 10.1016/J.BCP.2015.05.008 *
REIHILL, J.A.WALKER, B.HAMILTON, R.A.FERGUSON, T.E.ELBORN, J.S.STUTTS, M.J. ET AL.: "Inhibition of Protease-Epithelial Sodium Channel Signaling Improves Mucociliary Function in Cystic Fibrosis Airways", AM. J. RESPIR. CRIT. CARE MED., vol. 194, no. 6, 2016, pages 701 - 710
RICHARD C. LAROCK: "Comprehensive Organic Transformations", 2018, JOHN WILEY & SONS, INC.
STEINER, D.F.CUNNINGHAM, D.SPIGELMAN, L. ET AL.: "Insulin biosynthesis: evidence for a precursor", SCIENCE, vol. 157, 1967, pages 697 - 700
T.W. GREENP.G.M. WUTS: "Protecting Groups in Organic Synthesis", 1991, JOHN WILEY & SONS
THOMAS G., NAT. REV. MOL. CELL. BIOL., vol. 3, no. 10, 2002, pages 753 - 766
THOMAS SORRELL: "Organic Chemistry", 1999, UNIVERSITY SCIENCE BOOKS
TIAN, S.HUANG, Q.FANG, Y. ET AL.: "FurinDB: a database of 20-residue furin cleavage site motifs, substrates and their associated drugs", INT. J. MOL. SCI., vol. 12, 2011, pages 1060 - 1065, XP055365423, DOI: 10.3390/ijms12021060
VAN DE VEN, W.J.VOORBERG, J.FONTIJN, R. ET AL.: "Furin is a subtilisin-like proprotein processing enzyme in higher eukaryotes", MOL. BIOL. REP., vol. 14, 1990, pages 265 - 275, XP000885612, DOI: 10.1007/BF00429896
WILEN ET AL., TETRAHEDRON, vol. 33, 1977, pages 2725
WILEN, S.H.: "Tables of Resolving Agents and Optical Resolutions", 1972, UNIV. OF NOTRE DAME PRESS, pages: 268

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7280928B2 (en) Spiro-fused pyrrolidine derivatives as deubiquitinase (DUB) inhibitors
CN109641899B (en) Compounds and compositions as endosomal Toll-like receptor inhibitors
CN113286794B (en) KRAS mutein inhibitors
CN110291065B (en) Novel isoindoline derivative, pharmaceutical composition and application thereof
CN116964036A (en) KRAS G12D inhibitors
ES2697607T3 (en) Substituted pyridinone-pyridinyl compounds
AU2023263450A1 (en) Pyridazine compounds for inhibiting nlrp3
JP2011529952A (en) Diazaindole derivatives and their use in inhibiting c-Jun N-terminal kinase
KR20160127761A (en) Hepatitis c virus inhibitors and uses thereof in preperation of drugs
CN110698481A (en) Heteroaryl pyridone and aza-pyridone amide compounds
TW200817403A (en) Cyclopropyl fused indolobenzazepine HCV NS5B inhibitors
AU2019345150A1 (en) Antibacterial compounds
JP6930748B2 (en) Quinazoline derivatives, preparation methods for them, pharmaceutical compositions, and applications
AU2009217541A1 (en) Tetrahydrothieno pyridines
CN115038688A (en) USP30 inhibitors and uses thereof
JP2012516333A (en) Cross-linking compounds as HIV integrase inhibitors
CN110891951A (en) Compound (I)
CN113614095A (en) Alkylboronic acids as arginase inhibitors
CN113045569B (en) Compounds useful as RET kinase inhibitors and uses thereof
AU2020382819A1 (en) Small molecule furin inhibitors for treating infectious diseases
EP3197452B1 (en) Inhibitors of hif prolyl hydroxylase
WO2021097008A1 (en) Use of pyridyloxypyridines for treating infectious diseases
WO2021097002A1 (en) Use of pyridyloxypyrimidines for treating infectious diseases
CN116710451A (en) Novel aryl-pyrido-pyrimidin-one derivatives
CN112778273B (en) Cyclic ketopyridone compounds and preparation method and application thereof

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20820647

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 20820647

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1